/[svn]/web/trunk/www.linuxsampler.org/api/draft-linuxsampler-protocol.txt
ViewVC logotype

Diff of /web/trunk/www.linuxsampler.org/api/draft-linuxsampler-protocol.txt

Parent Directory Parent Directory | Revision Log Revision Log | View Patch Patch

revision 708 by schoenebeck, Thu Jul 21 09:18:40 2005 UTC revision 2143 by schoenebeck, Tue Oct 5 18:23:41 2010 UTC
# Line 3  Line 3 
3    
4  LinuxSampler Developers                                   C. Schoenebeck  LinuxSampler Developers                                   C. Schoenebeck
5  Internet-Draft                           Interessengemeinschaft Software  Internet-Draft                           Interessengemeinschaft Software
6  Expires: November 2, 2005                              Engineering e. V.  Intended status: Standards Track                       Engineering e. V.
7                                                                  May 2005  Expires: April 8, 2011                                   October 5, 2010
8    
9    
10                       LinuxSampler Control Protocol                       LinuxSampler Control Protocol
11                                  LSCP 1.1                                  LSCP 1.5
12    
13    Abstract
14    
15       The LinuxSampler Control Protocol (LSCP) is an application-level
16       protocol primarily intended for local and remote controlling the
17       LinuxSampler backend application, which is a sophisticated server-
18       like console application essentially playing back audio samples and
19       manipulating the samples in real time to certain extent.
20    
21  Status of this Memo  Status of this Memo
22    
23     This document is an Internet-Draft and is in full conformance with     By submitting this Internet-Draft, each author represents that any
24     all provisions of Section 10 of RFC 2026.     applicable patent or other IPR claims of which he or she is aware
25       have been or will be disclosed, and any of which he or she becomes
26       aware will be disclosed, in accordance with Section 6 of BCP 79.
27    
28     Internet-Drafts are working documents of the Internet Engineering     Internet-Drafts are working documents of the Internet Engineering
29     Task Force (IETF), its areas, and its working groups.  Note that     Task Force (IETF).  Note that other groups may also distribute
30     other groups may also distribute working documents as Internet-     working documents as Internet-Drafts.  The list of current Internet-
31     Drafts.     Drafts is at http://datatracker.ietf.org/drafts/current/.
32    
33     Internet-Drafts are draft documents valid for a maximum of six months     Internet-Drafts are draft documents valid for a maximum of six months
34     and may be updated, replaced, or obsoleted by other documents at any     and may be updated, replaced, or obsoleted by other documents at any
35     time.  It is inappropriate to use Internet-Drafts as reference     time.  It is inappropriate to use Internet-Drafts as reference
36     material or to cite them other than as "work in progress."     material or to cite them other than as "work in progress."
37    
38     The list of current Internet-Drafts can be accessed at     This Internet-Draft will expire on April 8, 2011.
39     http://www.ietf.org/ietf/1id-abstracts.txt.  
40    
    The list of Internet-Draft Shadow Directories can be accessed at  
    http://www.ietf.org/shadow.html.  
41    
    This Internet-Draft will expire on November 2, 2005.  
42    
 Copyright Notice  
43    
    Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2005).  All Rights Reserved.  
44    
 Abstract  
45    
    The LinuxSampler Control Protocol (LSCP) is an application-level  
    protocol primarily intended for local and remote controlling the  
    LinuxSampler backend application, which is a sophisticated server-  
    like console application essentially playing back audio samples and  
    manipulating the samples in real time to certain extent.  
46    
47    
48    
# Line 52  Abstract Line 51  Abstract
51    
52    
53    
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005                [Page 1]  
54    
55  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                 [Page 1]
56    
57    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
58    
59    
60  Table of Contents  Table of Contents
61    
62     1.   Requirements notation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4     1.  Requirements notation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
63     2.   Versioning of this specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5     2.  Versioning of this specification  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
64     3.   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6     3.  Introduction  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
65     4.   Focus of this protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7     4.  Focus of this protocol  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
66     5.   Communication Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8     5.  Communication Overview  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
67       5.1  Request/response communication method  . . . . . . . . . .   8       5.1.  Request/response communication method . . . . . . . . . .  11
68         5.1.1  Result format  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9         5.1.1.   Result format  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
69       5.2  Subscribe/notify communication method  . . . . . . . . . .  11       5.2.  Subscribe/notify communication method . . . . . . . . . .  14
70     6.   Description for control commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13     6.  Description for control commands  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
71       6.1  Ignored lines and comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13       6.1.  Ignored lines and comments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
72       6.2  Configuring audio drivers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13       6.2.  Configuring audio drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
73         6.2.1  Getting amount of available audio output drivers . . .  13         6.2.1.   Getting amount of available audio output drivers . .  17
74         6.2.2  Getting all available audio output drivers . . . . . .  14         6.2.2.   Getting all available audio output drivers . . . . .  17
75         6.2.3  Getting information about a specific audio output         6.2.3.   Getting information about a specific audio output
76                driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14                  driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
77         6.2.4  Getting information about specific audio output         6.2.4.   Getting information about specific audio output
78                driver parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15                  driver parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
79         6.2.5  Creating an audio output device  . . . . . . . . . . .  19         6.2.5.   Creating an audio output device  . . . . . . . . . .  22
80         6.2.6  Destroying an audio output device  . . . . . . . . . .  20         6.2.6.   Destroying an audio output device  . . . . . . . . .  23
81         6.2.7  Getting all created audio output device count  . . . .  21         6.2.7.   Getting all created audio output device count  . . .  24
82         6.2.8  Getting all created audio output device list . . . . .  21         6.2.8.   Getting all created audio output device list . . . .  24
83         6.2.9  Getting current settings of an audio output device . .  21         6.2.9.   Getting current settings of an audio output device .  24
84         6.2.10   Changing settings of audio output devices  . . . . .  23         6.2.10.  Changing settings of audio output devices  . . . . .  26
85         6.2.11   Getting information about an audio channel . . . . .  24         6.2.11.  Getting information about an audio channel . . . . .  27
86         6.2.12   Getting information about specific audio channel         6.2.12.  Getting information about specific audio channel
87                  parameter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25                  parameter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
88         6.2.13   Changing settings of audio output channels . . . . .  27         6.2.13.  Changing settings of audio output channels . . . . .  30
89       6.3  Configuring MIDI input drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28       6.3.  Configuring MIDI input drivers  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
90         6.3.1  Getting amount of available MIDI input drivers . . . .  29         6.3.1.   Getting amount of available MIDI input drivers . . .  32
91         6.3.2  Getting all available MIDI input drivers . . . . . . .  29         6.3.2.   Getting all available MIDI input drivers . . . . . .  32
92         6.3.3  Getting information about a specific MIDI input         6.3.3.   Getting information about a specific MIDI input
93                driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30                  driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
94         6.3.4  Getting information about specific MIDI input         6.3.4.   Getting information about specific MIDI input
95                driver parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31                  driver parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
96         6.3.5  Creating a MIDI input device . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33         6.3.5.   Creating a MIDI input device . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
97         6.3.6  Destroying a MIDI input device . . . . . . . . . . . .  34         6.3.6.   Destroying a MIDI input device . . . . . . . . . . .  37
98         6.3.7  Getting all created MIDI input device count  . . . . .  35         6.3.7.   Getting all created MIDI input device count  . . . .  38
99         6.3.8  Getting all created MIDI input device list . . . . . .  35         6.3.8.   Getting all created MIDI input device list . . . . .  38
100         6.3.9  Getting current settings of a MIDI input device  . . .  36         6.3.9.   Getting current settings of a MIDI input device  . .  39
101         6.3.10   Changing settings of MIDI input devices  . . . . . .  37         6.3.10.  Changing settings of MIDI input devices  . . . . . .  40
102         6.3.11   Getting information about a MIDI port  . . . . . . .  38         6.3.11.  Getting information about a MIDI port  . . . . . . .  40
103         6.3.12   Getting information about specific MIDI port         6.3.12.  Getting information about specific MIDI port
104                  parameter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38                  parameter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
105         6.3.13   Changing settings of MIDI input ports  . . . . . . .  40         6.3.13.  Changing settings of MIDI input ports  . . . . . . .  43
106       6.4  Configuring sampler channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41       6.4.  Configuring sampler channels  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
107         6.4.1  Loading an instrument  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41         6.4.1.   Loading an instrument  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
108    
109    
110    
111  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005                [Page 2]  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                 [Page 2]
112    
113  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
114    
115    
116         6.4.2  Loading a sampler engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42         6.4.2.   Loading a sampler engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
117         6.4.3  Getting all created sampler channel count  . . . . . .  43         6.4.3.   Getting all created sampler channel count  . . . . .  46
118         6.4.4  Getting all created sampler channel list . . . . . . .  43         6.4.4.   Getting all created sampler channel list . . . . . .  47
119         6.4.5  Adding a new sampler channel . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44         6.4.5.   Adding a new sampler channel . . . . . . . . . . . .  47
120         6.4.6  Removing a sampler channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45         6.4.6.   Removing a sampler channel . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
121         6.4.7  Getting amount of available engines  . . . . . . . . .  45         6.4.7.   Getting amount of available engines  . . . . . . . .  49
122         6.4.8  Getting all available engines  . . . . . . . . . . . .  46         6.4.8.   Getting all available engines  . . . . . . . . . . .  49
123         6.4.9  Getting information about an engine  . . . . . . . . .  46         6.4.9.   Getting information about an engine  . . . . . . . .  49
124         6.4.10   Getting sampler channel information  . . . . . . . .  47         6.4.10.  Getting sampler channel information  . . . . . . . .  50
125         6.4.11   Current number of active voices  . . . . . . . . . .  50         6.4.11.  Current number of active voices  . . . . . . . . . .  53
126         6.4.12   Current number of active disk streams  . . . . . . .  50         6.4.12.  Current number of active disk streams  . . . . . . .  54
127         6.4.13   Current fill state of disk stream buffers  . . . . .  51         6.4.13.  Current fill state of disk stream buffers  . . . . .  54
128         6.4.14   Setting audio output device  . . . . . . . . . . . .  52         6.4.14.  Setting audio output device  . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
129         6.4.15   Setting audio output type  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53         6.4.15.  Setting audio output type  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
130         6.4.16   Setting audio output channel . . . . . . . . . . . .  53         6.4.16.  Setting audio output channel . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
131         6.4.17   Setting MIDI input device  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54         6.4.17.  Setting MIDI input device  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
132         6.4.18   Setting MIDI input type  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55         6.4.18.  Setting MIDI input type  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
133         6.4.19   Setting MIDI input port  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56         6.4.19.  Setting MIDI input port  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59
134         6.4.20   Setting MIDI input channel . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56         6.4.20.  Setting MIDI input channel . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
135         6.4.21   Setting channel volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57         6.4.21.  Setting channel volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
136         6.4.22   Muting a sampler channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58         6.4.22.  Muting a sampler channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
137         6.4.23   Soloing a sampler channel  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58         6.4.23.  Soloing a sampler channel  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
138         6.4.24   Resetting a sampler channel  . . . . . . . . . . . .  59         6.4.24.  Assigning a MIDI instrument map to a sampler
139       6.5  Controlling connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60                  channel  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
140         6.5.1  Register front-end for receiving event messages  . . .  60         6.4.25.  Adding an effect send to a sampler channel . . . . .  63
141         6.5.2  Unregister front-end for not receiving event         6.4.26.  Removing an effect send from a sampler channel . . .  65
142                messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61         6.4.27.  Getting amount of effect sends on a sampler
143         6.5.3  Enable or disable echo of commands . . . . . . . . . .  61                  channel  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65
144         6.5.4  Close client connection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62         6.4.28.  Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel  . . .  66
145       6.6  Global commands  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62         6.4.29.  Getting effect send information  . . . . . . . . . .  66
146         6.6.1  Reset sampler  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62         6.4.30.  Changing effect send's name  . . . . . . . . . . . .  68
147         6.6.2  General sampler informations . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62         6.4.31.  Altering effect send's audio routing . . . . . . . .  69
148     7.   Command Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64         6.4.32.  Assigning destination effect to an effect send . . .  70
149     8.   Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71         6.4.33.  Removing destination effect from an effect send  . .  71
150       8.1  Number of sampler channels changed . . . . . . . . . . . .  71         6.4.34.  Altering effect send's MIDI controller . . . . . . .  72
151       8.2  Number of active voices changed  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71         6.4.35.  Altering effect send's send level  . . . . . . . . .  72
152       8.3  Number of active disk streams changed  . . . . . . . . . .  71         6.4.36.  Sending MIDI messages to sampler channel . . . . . .  73
153       8.4  Disk stream buffer fill state changed  . . . . . . . . . .  72         6.4.37.  Resetting a sampler channel  . . . . . . . . . . . .  74
154       8.5  Channel information changed  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72       6.5.  Controlling connection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75
155       8.6  Miscellaneous and debugging events . . . . . . . . . . . .  72         6.5.1.   Register front-end for receiving event messages  . .  75
156     9.   Security Considerations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74         6.5.2.   Unregister front-end for not receiving event
157     10.  Acknowledgments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75                  messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76
158     11.  References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75         6.5.3.   Enable or disable echo of commands . . . . . . . . .  76
159          Author's Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75         6.5.4.   Close client connection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  77
160          Intellectual Property and Copyright Statements . . . . . . .  76       6.6.  Global commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  77
161           6.6.1.   Current number of active voices  . . . . . . . . . .  77
162           6.6.2.   Maximum amount of active voices  . . . . . . . . . .  78
163           6.6.3.   Current number of active disk streams  . . . . . . .  78
164    
165    
166    
167    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                 [Page 3]
168    
169    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
170    
171    
172           6.6.4.   Reset sampler  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78
173           6.6.5.   General sampler informations . . . . . . . . . . . .  78
174           6.6.6.   Getting global volume attenuation  . . . . . . . . .  79
175           6.6.7.   Setting global volume attenuation  . . . . . . . . .  80
176           6.6.8.   Getting global voice limit . . . . . . . . . . . . .  80
177           6.6.9.   Setting global voice limit . . . . . . . . . . . . .  81
178           6.6.10.  Getting global disk stream limit . . . . . . . . . .  81
179           6.6.11.  Setting global disk stream limit . . . . . . . . . .  82
180         6.7.  MIDI Instrument Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  83
181           6.7.1.   Create a new MIDI instrument map . . . . . . . . . .  83
182           6.7.2.   Delete one particular or all MIDI instrument maps  .  84
183           6.7.3.   Get amount of existing MIDI instrument maps  . . . .  85
184           6.7.4.   Getting all created MIDI instrument maps . . . . . .  85
185           6.7.5.   Getting MIDI instrument map information  . . . . . .  86
186           6.7.6.   Renaming a MIDI instrument map . . . . . . . . . . .  87
187           6.7.7.   Create or replace a MIDI instrument map entry  . . .  87
188           6.7.8.   Getting ammount of MIDI instrument map entries . . .  90
189           6.7.9.   Getting indeces of all entries of a MIDI
190                    instrument map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  91
191           6.7.10.  Remove an entry from the MIDI instrument map . . . .  91
192           6.7.11.  Get current settings of MIDI instrument map entry  .  92
193           6.7.12.  Clear MIDI instrument map  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  94
194         6.8.  Managing Instruments Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  94
195           6.8.1.   Creating a new instrument directory  . . . . . . . .  95
196           6.8.2.   Deleting an instrument directory . . . . . . . . . .  95
197           6.8.3.   Getting amount of instrument directories . . . . . .  96
198           6.8.4.   Listing all directories in specific directory  . . .  96
199           6.8.5.   Getting instrument directory information . . . . . .  97
200           6.8.6.   Renaming an instrument directory . . . . . . . . . .  98
201           6.8.7.   Moving an instrument directory . . . . . . . . . . .  99
202           6.8.8.   Copying instrument directories . . . . . . . . . . .  99
203           6.8.9.   Changing the description of directory  . . . . . . . 100
204           6.8.10.  Finding directories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
205           6.8.11.  Adding instruments to the instruments database . . . 102
206           6.8.12.  Removing an instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
207           6.8.13.  Getting amount of instruments  . . . . . . . . . . . 104
208           6.8.14.  Listing all instruments in specific directory  . . . 105
209           6.8.15.  Getting instrument information . . . . . . . . . . . 105
210           6.8.16.  Renaming an instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
211           6.8.17.  Moving an instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
212           6.8.18.  Copying instruments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
213           6.8.19.  Changing the description of instrument . . . . . . . 110
214           6.8.20.  Finding instruments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
215           6.8.21.  Getting job status information . . . . . . . . . . . 113
216           6.8.22.  Formatting the instruments database  . . . . . . . . 114
217           6.8.23.  Checking for lost instrument files . . . . . . . . . 114
218           6.8.24.  Replacing an instrument file . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
219         6.9.  Editing Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
220    
221    
222    
223    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                 [Page 4]
224    
225    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
226    
227    
228           6.9.1.   Opening an appropriate instrument editor
229                    application  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
230         6.10. Managing Files  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
231           6.10.1.  Retrieving amount of instruments of a file . . . . . 117
232           6.10.2.  Retrieving all instruments of a file . . . . . . . . 117
233           6.10.3.  Retrieving informations about one instrument in a
234                    file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
235         6.11. Managing Effects  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
236           6.11.1.  Retrieve amount of available effects . . . . . . . . 120
237           6.11.2.  Get list of available effects  . . . . . . . . . . . 121
238           6.11.3.  Retrieving general information about an effect . . . 121
239           6.11.4.  Creating an instance of an effect by its portable
240                    ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
241           6.11.5.  Creating an instance of an effect by its
242                    numerical ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
243           6.11.6.  Destroy an effect instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
244           6.11.7.  Retrieve amount of effect instances  . . . . . . . . 125
245           6.11.8.  Get list of effect instances . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
246           6.11.9.  Retrieving current information about an effect
247                    instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
248           6.11.10. Retrieving information about an effect parameter . . 127
249           6.11.11. Altering an effect parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
250           6.11.12. Retrieve amount of send effect chains  . . . . . . . 130
251           6.11.13. Retrieve list of send effect chains  . . . . . . . . 130
252           6.11.14. Add send effect chain  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
253           6.11.15. Remove send effect chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
254           6.11.16. Retrieving information about a send effect chain . . 132
255           6.11.17. Append effect instance to a send effect chain  . . . 133
256           6.11.18. Insert effect instance to a send effect chain  . . . 134
257           6.11.19. Remove effect instance from send effect chain  . . . 134
258       7.  Command Syntax  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
259         7.1.  Character Set and Escape Sequences  . . . . . . . . . . . 152
260       8.  Events  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
261         8.1.  Number of audio output devices changed  . . . . . . . . . 157
262         8.2.  Audio output device's settings changed  . . . . . . . . . 157
263         8.3.  Number of MIDI input devices changed  . . . . . . . . . . 157
264         8.4.  MIDI input device's settings changed  . . . . . . . . . . 158
265         8.5.  Number of sampler channels changed  . . . . . . . . . . . 158
266         8.6.  MIDI data on a sampler channel arrived  . . . . . . . . . 158
267         8.7.  MIDI data on a MIDI input device arrived  . . . . . . . . 159
268         8.8.  Number of active voices changed . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
269         8.9.  Number of active disk streams changed . . . . . . . . . . 160
270         8.10. Disk stream buffer fill state changed . . . . . . . . . . 160
271         8.11. Channel information changed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
272         8.12. Number of effect sends changed  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
273         8.13. Effect send information changed . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
274         8.14. Total number of active voices changed . . . . . . . . . . 162
275         8.15. Total number of active disk streams changed . . . . . . . 162
276    
277    
278    
279    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                 [Page 5]
280    
281    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
282    
283    
284         8.16. Number of MIDI instrument maps changed  . . . . . . . . . 162
285         8.17. MIDI instrument map information changed . . . . . . . . . 162
286         8.18. Number of MIDI instruments changed  . . . . . . . . . . . 163
287         8.19. MIDI instrument information changed . . . . . . . . . . . 163
288         8.20. Global settings changed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
289         8.21. Number of database instrument directories changed . . . . 164
290         8.22. Database instrument directory information changed . . . . 164
291         8.23. Number of database instruments changed  . . . . . . . . . 165
292         8.24. Database instrument information changed . . . . . . . . . 165
293         8.25. Database job status information changed . . . . . . . . . 166
294         8.26. Miscellaneous and debugging events  . . . . . . . . . . . 166
295       9.  Security Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
296       10. Acknowledgments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
297       11. References  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
298       Author's Address  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
299       Intellectual Property and Copyright Statements  . . . . . . . . . 172
300    
301    
302    
303    
304    
305    
306    
307    
308    
309    
310    
311    
312    
313    
314    
315    
316    
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005                [Page 3]  
317    
318  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
319    
320    
321    
322    
323    
324    
325    
326    
327    
328    
329    
330    
331    
332    
333    
334    
335    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                 [Page 6]
336    
337    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
338    
339    
340  1.  Requirements notation  1.  Requirements notation
# Line 182  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 350  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
350     end) and server (LinuxSampler) respectively.  Lines in examples must     end) and server (LinuxSampler) respectively.  Lines in examples must
351     be interpreted as every line being CRLF terminated (carriage return     be interpreted as every line being CRLF terminated (carriage return
352     character followed by line feed character as defined in the ASCII     character followed by line feed character as defined in the ASCII
353     standard), thus the following example:     standard [RFC20]), thus the following example:
354    
355        C: "some line"        C: "some line"
356    
# Line 220  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 388  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
388    
389    
390    
391  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005                [Page 4]  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                 [Page 7]
392    
393  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
394    
395    
396  2.  Versioning of this specification  2.  Versioning of this specification
# Line 251  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 419  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
419         sampler's LSCP minor version.         sampler's LSCP minor version.
420    
421     Compatibility can only be claimed if both rules are true.  The     Compatibility can only be claimed if both rules are true.  The
422     frontend can use the "GET SERVER INFO" (Section 6.6.2) command to get     frontend can use the "GET SERVER INFO" (Section 6.6.5) command to get
423     the version of the LSCP specification the sampler complies with.     the version of the LSCP specification the sampler complies with.
424    
425    
# Line 276  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 444  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
444    
445    
446    
447  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005                [Page 5]  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                 [Page 8]
448    
449  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
450    
451    
452  3.  Introduction  3.  Introduction
# Line 332  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 500  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
500    
501    
502    
503  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005                [Page 6]  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                 [Page 9]
504    
505  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
506    
507    
508  4.  Focus of this protocol  4.  Focus of this protocol
# Line 388  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 556  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
556    
557    
558    
559  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005                [Page 7]  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 10]
560    
561  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
562    
563    
564  5.  Communication Overview  5.  Communication Overview
# Line 405  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 573  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
573     more effort to be implemented in the front-end application.  The two     more effort to be implemented in the front-end application.  The two
574     communication methods will be described next.     communication methods will be described next.
575    
576  5.1  Request/response communication method  5.1.  Request/response communication method
577    
578     This simple communication method is based on TCP [RFC793].  The     This simple communication method is based on TCP [RFC793].  The
579     front-end application establishes a TCP connection to the     front-end application establishes a TCP connection to the
# Line 444  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 612  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
612    
613    
614    
615  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005                [Page 8]  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 11]
616    
617  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
618    
619    
620  5.1.1  Result format  5.1.1.  Result format
621    
622     Result set could be one of the following types:     Result set could be one of the following types:
623    
# Line 500  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 668  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
668    
669    
670    
671  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005                [Page 9]  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 12]
672    
673  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
674    
675    
676     set has the following format:     set has the following format:
# Line 556  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 724  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
724    
725    
726    
727  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 10]  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 13]
728    
729  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
730    
731    
732     Each line of the result set MUST end with <CRLF>.     Each line of the result set MUST end with <CRLF>.
# Line 573  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 741  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
741    
742        S: "WRN[0]:32:Sample rate not supported, using 44100 instead."        S: "WRN[0]:32:Sample rate not supported, using 44100 instead."
743    
744    5.2.  Subscribe/notify communication method
 5.2  Subscribe/notify communication method  
745    
746     This more sophisticated communication method is actually only an     This more sophisticated communication method is actually only an
747     extension of the simple request/response communication method.  The     extension of the simple request/response communication method.  The
# Line 609  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 776  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
776    
777     3.  When response is being sent to the client, event MUST be inserted     3.  When response is being sent to the client, event MUST be inserted
778         in the stream before or after the response, but NOT in the         in the stream before or after the response, but NOT in the
779           middle.  Same is true about the response.  It should never be
780    
781    
782    
783  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 11]  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 14]
784    
785  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
786    
787    
        middle.  Same is true about the response.  It should never be  
788         inserted in the middle of the event message as well as any other         inserted in the middle of the event message as well as any other
789         response.         response.
790    
# Line 668  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 835  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
835    
836    
837    
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 12]  
838    
839  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 15]
840    
841    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
842    
843    
844  6.  Description for control commands  6.  Description for control commands
# Line 682  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 850  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
850     LinuxSampler signals the end of the response by a "." (single dot)     LinuxSampler signals the end of the response by a "." (single dot)
851     line.     line.
852    
853  6.1  Ignored lines and comments  6.1.  Ignored lines and comments
854    
855     White lines, that is lines which only contain space and tabulator     White lines, that is lines which only contain space and tabulator
856     characters, and lines that start with a "#" character are ignored,     characters, and lines that start with a "#" character are ignored,
857     thus it's possible for example to group commands and to place     thus it's possible for example to group commands and to place
858     comments in a LSCP script file.     comments in a LSCP script file.
859    
860  6.2  Configuring audio drivers  6.2.  Configuring audio drivers
861    
862     Instances of drivers in LinuxSampler are called devices.  You can use     Instances of drivers in LinuxSampler are called devices.  You can use
863     multiple audio devices simultaneously, e.g. to output the sound of     multiple audio devices simultaneously, e.g. to output the sound of
# Line 718  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 886  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
886     retrieve what parameters drivers are offering, how to retrieve their     retrieve what parameters drivers are offering, how to retrieve their
887     possible values, etc.     possible values, etc.
888    
 6.2.1  Getting amount of available audio output drivers  
889    
    Use the following command to get the number of audio output drivers  
890    
891    
892    
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 13]  
893    
894  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
895    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 16]
896    
897    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
898    
899    
900    6.2.1.  Getting amount of available audio output drivers
901    
902       Use the following command to get the number of audio output drivers
903     currently available for the LinuxSampler instance:     currently available for the LinuxSampler instance:
904    
905        GET AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS        GET AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS
# Line 744  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 915  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
915    
916        S: "2"        S: "2"
917    
918    6.2.2.  Getting all available audio output drivers
 6.2.2  Getting all available audio output drivers  
919    
920     Use the following command to list all audio output drivers currently     Use the following command to list all audio output drivers currently
921     available for the LinuxSampler instance:     available for the LinuxSampler instance:
# Line 763  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 933  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
933    
934        S: "ALSA,JACK"        S: "ALSA,JACK"
935    
936    6.2.3.  Getting information about a specific audio output driver
 6.2.3  Getting information about a specific audio output driver  
937    
938     Use the following command to get detailed information about a     Use the following command to get detailed information about a
939     specific audio output driver:     specific audio output driver:
# Line 779  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 948  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
948    
949    
950    
951    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 17]
952  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 14]  
953    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
954    
955    
956        LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list.  Each        LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list.  Each
# Line 823  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 991  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
991    
992           "."           "."
993    
994    6.2.4.  Getting information about specific audio output driver parameter
 6.2.4  Getting information about specific audio output driver parameter  
995    
996     Use the following command to get detailed information about a     Use the following command to get detailed information about a
997     specific audio output driver parameter:     specific audio output driver parameter:
# Line 833  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1000  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1000    
1001     Where <audio> is the name of the audio output driver as returned by     Where <audio> is the name of the audio output driver as returned by
1002     the "LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS" (Section 6.2.2) command,     the "LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS" (Section 6.2.2) command,
1003       <prm> a specific parameter name for which information should be
1004    
1005    
1006    
1007  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 15]  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 18]
1008    
1009  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
1010    
1011    
    <prm> a specific parameter name for which information should be  
1012     obtained (as returned by the "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO"     obtained (as returned by the "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO"
1013     (Section 6.2.3) command) and <deplist> is an optional list of     (Section 6.2.3) command) and <deplist> is an optional list of
1014     parameters on which the sought parameter <prm> depends on, <deplist>     parameters on which the sought parameter <prm> depends on, <deplist>
# Line 892  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1059  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1059    
1060    
1061    
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 16]  
1062    
1063  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 19]
1064    
1065    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
1066    
1067    
1068        MULTIPLICITY -        MULTIPLICITY -
# Line 948  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1116  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1116    
1117    
1118    
1119  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 17]  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 20]
1120    
1121  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
1122    
1123    
1124           returned, dependent to driver parameter)           returned, dependent to driver parameter)
# Line 1004  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1172  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1172    
1173    
1174    
1175  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 18]  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 21]
1176    
1177  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
1178    
1179    
1180           "TYPE: INT"           "TYPE: INT"
# Line 1027  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1195  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1195    
1196           "."           "."
1197    
1198    6.2.5.  Creating an audio output device
1199    
1200  6.2.5  Creating an audio output device     Use the following command to create a new audio output device for the
1201       desired audio output system:
    Use the following command to create a new audio output device for  
    the desired audio output system:  
1202    
1203        CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE <audio-output-driver> [<param-list>]        CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE <audio-output-driver> [<param-list>]
1204    
# Line 1057  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1224  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1224           in case the device was created successfully, where <device-id>           in case the device was created successfully, where <device-id>
1225           is the numerical ID of the new device, but there are noteworthy           is the numerical ID of the new device, but there are noteworthy
1226           issue(s) related (e.g. sound card doesn't support given           issue(s) related (e.g. sound card doesn't support given
1227             hardware parameters and the driver is using fall-back values),
1228    
1229    
1230    
1231  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 19]  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 22]
1232    
1233  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
1234    
1235    
          hardware parameters and the driver is using fall-back values),  
1236           providing an appropriate warning code and warning message           providing an appropriate warning code and warning message
1237    
1238        "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -        "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
# Line 1083  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1250  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1250    
1251        S: "OK[1]"        S: "OK[1]"
1252    
1253    6.2.6.  Destroying an audio output device
 6.2.6  Destroying an audio output device  
1254    
1255     Use the following command to destroy a created output device:     Use the following command to destroy a created output device:
1256    
# Line 1114  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1280  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1280           in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and           in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
1281           error message           error message
1282    
1283       Example:
1284    
1285    
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 20]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
1286    
1287    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 23]
1288    
1289    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
1290    
    Example:  
1291    
1292        C: "DESTROY AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE 0"        C: "DESTROY AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE 0"
1293    
1294        S: "OK"        S: "OK"
1295    
1296    6.2.7.  Getting all created audio output device count
 6.2.7  Getting all created audio output device count  
1297    
1298     Use the following command to count all created audio output devices:     Use the following command to count all created audio output devices:
1299    
# Line 1145  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1310  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1310    
1311        S: "4"        S: "4"
1312    
1313    6.2.8.  Getting all created audio output device list
 6.2.8  Getting all created audio output device list  
1314    
1315     Use the following command to list all created audio output devices:     Use the following command to list all created audio output devices:
1316    
# Line 1163  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1327  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1327    
1328        S: "0,1,4,5"        S: "0,1,4,5"
1329    
1330    6.2.9.  Getting current settings of an audio output device
 6.2.9  Getting current settings of an audio output device  
1331    
1332     Use the following command to get current settings of a specific,     Use the following command to get current settings of a specific,
1333     created audio output device:     created audio output device:
1334    
   
   
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 21]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
1335        GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO <device-id>        GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO <device-id>
1336    
1337     Where <device-id> should be replaced by numerical ID of the audio     Where <device-id> should be replaced by numerical ID of the audio
1338     output device as e.g. returned by the "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"     output device as e.g. returned by the "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"
1339     (Section 6.2.8) command.     (Section 6.2.8) command.
1340    
1341    
1342    
1343    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 24]
1344    
1345    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
1346    
1347    
1348     Possible Answers:     Possible Answers:
1349    
1350     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list.  Each     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list.  Each
# Line 1225  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1387  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1387    
1388        S: "DRIVER: ALSA"        S: "DRIVER: ALSA"
1389    
1390             "CHANNELS: 2"
1391    
1392             "SAMPLERATE: 44100"
1393    
1394             "ACTIVE: true"
1395    
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 22]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
1396    
1397    
          "CHANNELS: 2"  
1398    
1399           "SAMPLERATE: 44100"  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 25]
1400    
1401    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
1402    
          "ACTIVE: true"  
1403    
1404           "FRAGMENTS: 2"           "FRAGMENTS: 2"
1405    
# Line 1247  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1409  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1409    
1410           "."           "."
1411    
1412    6.2.10.  Changing settings of audio output devices
 6.2.10  Changing settings of audio output devices  
1413    
1414     Use the following command to alter a specific setting of a created     Use the following command to alter a specific setting of a created
1415     audio output device:     audio output device:
# Line 1280  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1441  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1441    
1442     Example:     Example:
1443    
1444          C: "SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER 0 FRAGMENTSIZE=128"
1445    
1446          S: "OK"
1447    
1448    
1449    
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 23]  
1450    
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
1451    
1452    
       C: "SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER 0 FRAGMENTSIZE=128"  
1453    
       S: "OK"  
1454    
1455    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 26]
1456    
1457    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
1458    
1459  6.2.11  Getting information about an audio channel  
1460    6.2.11.  Getting information about an audio channel
1461    
1462     Use the following command to get information about an audio channel:     Use the following command to get information about an audio channel:
1463    
# Line 1337  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1500  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1500              actually will be routed / added to (only returned in case              actually will be routed / added to (only returned in case
1501              the audio channel is mix channel)              the audio channel is mix channel)
1502    
   
   
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 24]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
1503     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.  The     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.  The
1504     fields above are only those fields which are generally returned for     fields above are only those fields which are generally returned for
1505     the described cases by all audio channels regardless of the audio     the described cases by all audio channels regardless of the audio
1506     driver.  Every audio channel might have its own, additional driver     driver.  Every audio channel might have its own, additional driver
1507     and channel specific parameters.     and channel specific parameters.
1508    
1509    
1510    
1511    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 27]
1512    
1513    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
1514    
1515    
1516     Examples:     Examples:
1517    
1518        C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO 0 0"        C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO 0 0"
# Line 1389  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1551  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1551    
1552           "."           "."
1553    
1554    6.2.12.  Getting information about specific audio channel parameter
 6.2.12  Getting information about specific audio channel parameter  
1555    
1556     Use the following command to get detailed information about specific     Use the following command to get detailed information about specific
   
   
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 25]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
1557     audio channel parameter:     audio channel parameter:
1558    
1559        GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER INFO <dev-id> <chan> <param>        GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER INFO <dev-id> <chan> <param>
# Line 1408  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1561  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1561     Where <dev-id> is the numerical ID of the audio output device as     Where <dev-id> is the numerical ID of the audio output device as
1562     returned by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST     returned by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST
1563     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8) command, <chan> the audio     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8) command, <chan> the audio
1564    
1565    
1566    
1567    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 28]
1568    
1569    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
1570    
1571    
1572     channel number and <param> a specific channel parameter name for     channel number and <param> a specific channel parameter name for
1573     which information should be obtained (as returned by the "GET     which information should be obtained (as returned by the "GET
1574     AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO" (Section 6.2.11) command).     AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO" (Section 6.2.11) command).
# Line 1448  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1609  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1609              values and false only a single value allowed (always              values and false only a single value allowed (always
1610              returned)              returned)
1611    
   
   
   
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 26]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
1612           RANGE_MIN -           RANGE_MIN -
1613    
1614              defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this              defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
# Line 1465  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1617  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1617              may also appear without (optionally returned, dependent to              may also appear without (optionally returned, dependent to
1618              driver and channel parameter)              driver and channel parameter)
1619    
1620    
1621    
1622    
1623    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 29]
1624    
1625    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
1626    
1627    
1628           RANGE_MAX -           RANGE_MAX -
1629    
1630              defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this              defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this
# Line 1498  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1658  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1658    
1659           "."           "."
1660    
1661    6.2.13.  Changing settings of audio output channels
 6.2.13  Changing settings of audio output channels  
1662    
1663     Use the following command to alter a specific setting of an audio     Use the following command to alter a specific setting of an audio
1664     output channel:     output channel:
1665    
   
   
   
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 27]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
1666        SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER <dev-id> <chn> <key>=<value>        SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER <dev-id> <chn> <key>=<value>
1667    
1668     Where <dev-id> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the audio     Where <dev-id> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the audio
# Line 1523  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1673  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1673    
1674     Possible Answers:     Possible Answers:
1675    
1676    
1677    
1678    
1679    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 30]
1680    
1681    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
1682    
1683    
1684        "OK" -        "OK" -
1685    
1686           in case setting was successfully changed           in case setting was successfully changed
# Line 1548  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1706  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1706    
1707        S: "OK"        S: "OK"
1708    
1709    6.3.  Configuring MIDI input drivers
 6.3  Configuring MIDI input drivers  
1710    
1711     Instances of drivers in LinuxSampler are called devices.  You can use     Instances of drivers in LinuxSampler are called devices.  You can use
1712     multiple MIDI devices simultaneously, e.g. to use MIDI over ethernet     multiple MIDI devices simultaneously, e.g. to use MIDI over ethernet
# Line 1561  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1718  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1718    
1719     Instead of defining commands and parameters for each driver     Instead of defining commands and parameters for each driver
1720     individually, all possible parameters, their meanings and possible     individually, all possible parameters, their meanings and possible
   
   
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 28]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
1721     values have to be obtained at runtime.  This makes the protocol a bit     values have to be obtained at runtime.  This makes the protocol a bit
1722     abstract, but has the advantage, that front-ends can be written     abstract, but has the advantage, that front-ends can be written
1723     independently of what drivers are currently implemented and what     independently of what drivers are currently implemented and what
# Line 1580  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1729  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1729     as the commands for configuring audio output drivers, already     as the commands for configuring audio output drivers, already
1730     described in the last chapter.     described in the last chapter.
1731    
1732    
1733    
1734    
1735    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 31]
1736    
1737    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
1738    
1739    
1740     Note: examples in this chapter showing particular parameters of     Note: examples in this chapter showing particular parameters of
1741     drivers are not meant as specification of the drivers' parameters.     drivers are not meant as specification of the drivers' parameters.
1742     Driver implementations in LinuxSampler might have complete different     Driver implementations in LinuxSampler might have complete different
# Line 1588  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1745  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1745     retrieve what parameters drivers are offering, how to retrieve their     retrieve what parameters drivers are offering, how to retrieve their
1746     possible values, etc.     possible values, etc.
1747    
1748  6.3.1  Getting amount of available MIDI input drivers  6.3.1.  Getting amount of available MIDI input drivers
1749    
1750     Use the following command to get the number of MIDI input drivers     Use the following command to get the number of MIDI input drivers
1751     currently available for the LinuxSampler instance:     currently available for the LinuxSampler instance:
# Line 1606  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1763  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1763    
1764        S: "2"        S: "2"
1765    
1766    6.3.2.  Getting all available MIDI input drivers
 6.3.2  Getting all available MIDI input drivers  
1767    
1768     Use the following command to list all MIDI input drivers currently     Use the following command to list all MIDI input drivers currently
1769     available for the LinuxSampler instance:     available for the LinuxSampler instance:
# Line 1616  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1772  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1772    
1773     Possible Answers:     Possible Answers:
1774    
1775          LinuxSampler will answer by sending comma separated character
1776          strings, each symbolizing a MIDI input driver.
1777    
1778       Example:
1779    
1780          C: "LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"
1781    
1782          S: "ALSA,JACK"
1783    
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 29]  
1784    
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
1785    
1786    
       LinuxSampler will answer by sending comma separated character  
       strings, each symbolizing a MIDI input driver.  
1787    
    Example:  
1788    
       C: "LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"  
1789    
1790        S: "ALSA,JACK"  
1791    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 32]
1792    
1793    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
1794    
1795    
1796  6.3.3  Getting information about a specific MIDI input driver  6.3.3.  Getting information about a specific MIDI input driver
1797    
1798     Use the following command to get detailed information about a     Use the following command to get detailed information about a
1799     specific MIDI input driver:     specific MIDI input driver:
# Line 1673  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1831  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1831    
1832     Example:     Example:
1833    
   
   
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 30]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
1834        C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO ALSA"        C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO ALSA"
1835    
1836        S: "DESCRIPTION: Advanced Linux Sound Architecture"        S: "DESCRIPTION: Advanced Linux Sound Architecture"
# Line 1692  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1842  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1842           "."           "."
1843    
1844    
1845  6.3.4  Getting information about specific MIDI input driver parameter  
1846    
1847    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 33]
1848    
1849    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
1850    
1851    
1852    6.3.4.  Getting information about specific MIDI input driver parameter
1853    
1854     Use the following command to get detailed information about a     Use the following command to get detailed information about a
1855     specific parameter of a specific MIDI input driver:     specific parameter of a specific MIDI input driver:
# Line 1729  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1886  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1886           character string(s) (always returned, no matter which driver           character string(s) (always returned, no matter which driver
1887           parameter)           parameter)
1888    
   
   
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 31]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
1889        DESCRIPTION -        DESCRIPTION -
1890    
1891           arbitrary text describing the purpose of the parameter (always           arbitrary text describing the purpose of the parameter (always
# Line 1749  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1898  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1898           MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE' (Section 6.3.5) command (always returned, no           MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE' (Section 6.3.5) command (always returned, no
1899           matter which driver parameter)           matter which driver parameter)
1900    
1901    
1902    
1903    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 34]
1904    
1905    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
1906    
1907    
1908        FIX -        FIX -
1909    
1910           either true or false, if false then this parameter can be           either true or false, if false then this parameter can be
# Line 1784  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1940  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1940           character strings are encapsulated into apostrophes (')           character strings are encapsulated into apostrophes (')
1941           (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)           (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1942    
   
   
   
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 32]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
1943        RANGE_MIN -        RANGE_MIN -
1944    
1945           defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this           defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
# Line 1806  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1953  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1953           defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this           defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this
1954           parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted number,           parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted number,
1955           this parameter is often used in conjunction with RANGE_MIN, but           this parameter is often used in conjunction with RANGE_MIN, but
1956    
1957    
1958    
1959    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 35]
1960    
1961    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
1962    
1963    
1964           may also appear without (optionally returned, dependent to           may also appear without (optionally returned, dependent to
1965           driver parameter)           driver parameter)
1966    
# Line 1835  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 1990  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
1990    
1991           "."           "."
1992    
1993    6.3.5.  Creating a MIDI input device
1994    
1995  6.3.5  Creating a MIDI input device     Use the following command to create a new MIDI input device for the
   
    Use the following command to create a new MIDI input device for  the  
1996     desired MIDI input system:     desired MIDI input system:
1997    
   
   
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 33]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
1998        CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE <midi-input-driver> [<param-list>]        CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE <midi-input-driver> [<param-list>]
1999    
2000     Where <midi-input-driver> should be replaced by the desired MIDI     Where <midi-input-driver> should be replaced by the desired MIDI
# Line 1862  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2008  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2008    
2009     Possible Answers:     Possible Answers:
2010    
2011    
2012    
2013    
2014    
2015    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 36]
2016    
2017    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
2018    
2019    
2020        "OK[<device-id>]" -        "OK[<device-id>]" -
2021    
2022           in case the device was successfully created, where <device-id>           in case the device was successfully created, where <device-id>
# Line 1885  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2040  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2040    
2041        S: "OK[0]"        S: "OK[0]"
2042    
2043    6.3.6.  Destroying a MIDI input device
 6.3.6  Destroying a MIDI input device  
2044    
2045     Use the following command to destroy a created MIDI input device:     Use the following command to destroy a created MIDI input device:
2046    
# Line 1898  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2052  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2052    
2053     Possible Answers:     Possible Answers:
2054    
   
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 34]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
2055        "OK" -        "OK" -
2056    
2057           in case the device was successfully destroyed           in case the device was successfully destroyed
# Line 1917  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2064  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2064    
2065        "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -        "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
2066    
2067    
2068    
2069    
2070    
2071    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 37]
2072    
2073    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
2074    
2075    
2076           in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and           in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
2077           error message           error message
2078    
# Line 1926  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2082  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2082    
2083        S: "OK"        S: "OK"
2084    
2085    6.3.7.  Getting all created MIDI input device count
 6.3.7  Getting all created MIDI input device count  
2086    
2087     Use the following command to count all created MIDI input devices:     Use the following command to count all created MIDI input devices:
2088    
# Line 1944  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2099  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2099    
2100        S: "3"        S: "3"
2101    
2102    6.3.8.  Getting all created MIDI input device list
 6.3.8  Getting all created MIDI input device list  
2103    
2104     Use the following command to list all created MIDI input devices:     Use the following command to list all created MIDI input devices:
2105    
# Line 1953  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2107  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2107    
2108     Possible Answers:     Possible Answers:
2109    
   
   
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 35]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
2110        LinuxSampler will answer by sending a comma separated list with        LinuxSampler will answer by sending a comma separated list with
2111        the numerical Ids of all created MIDI input devices.        the numerical Ids of all created MIDI input devices.
2112    
# Line 1975  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2121  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2121        S: "1,3"        S: "1,3"
2122    
2123    
2124  6.3.9  Getting current settings of a MIDI input device  
2125    
2126    
2127    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 38]
2128    
2129    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
2130    
2131    
2132    6.3.9.  Getting current settings of a MIDI input device
2133    
2134     Use the following command to get current settings of a specific,     Use the following command to get current settings of a specific,
2135     created MIDI input device:     created MIDI input device:
# Line 2010  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2164  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2164              inactive and doesn't listen to any incoming MIDI events and              inactive and doesn't listen to any incoming MIDI events and
2165              thus doesn't forward them to connected sampler channels              thus doesn't forward them to connected sampler channels
2166    
   
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 36]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
2167     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.  The     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.  The
2168     fields above are only those fields which are returned by all MIDI     fields above are only those fields which are returned by all MIDI
2169     input devices.  Every MIDI input driver might have its own,     input devices.  Every MIDI input driver might have its own,
# Line 2030  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2177  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2177    
2178        S: "DRIVER: ALSA"        S: "DRIVER: ALSA"
2179    
2180    
2181    
2182    
2183    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 39]
2184    
2185    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
2186    
2187    
2188           "ACTIVE: true"           "ACTIVE: true"
2189    
2190           "."           "."
2191    
2192    6.3.10.  Changing settings of MIDI input devices
 6.3.10  Changing settings of MIDI input devices  
2193    
2194     Use the following command to alter a specific setting of a created     Use the following command to alter a specific setting of a created
2195     MIDI input device:     MIDI input device:
# Line 2065  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2219  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2219           in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and           in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
2220           error message           error message
2221    
   
   
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 37]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
2222     Example:     Example:
2223    
2224        C: "SET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER 0 ACTIVE=false"        C: "SET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER 0 ACTIVE=false"
2225    
2226        S: "OK"        S: "OK"
2227    
2228    6.3.11.  Getting information about a MIDI port
 6.3.11  Getting information about a MIDI port  
2229    
2230     Use the following command to get information about a MIDI port:     Use the following command to get information about a MIDI port:
2231    
# Line 2088  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2233  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2233    
2234     Where <device-id> is the numerical ID of the MIDI input device as     Where <device-id> is the numerical ID of the MIDI input device as
2235     returned by the "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.3.5) or "LIST     returned by the "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.3.5) or "LIST
2236    
2237    
2238    
2239    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 40]
2240    
2241    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
2242    
2243    
2244     MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.3.8) command and <midi-port> the MIDI     MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.3.8) command and <midi-port> the MIDI
2245     input port number.     input port number.
2246    
# Line 2117  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2270  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2270    
2271           "."           "."
2272    
2273    6.3.12.  Getting information about specific MIDI port parameter
 6.3.12  Getting information about specific MIDI port parameter  
2274    
2275     Use the following command to get detailed information about specific     Use the following command to get detailed information about specific
   
   
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 38]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
2276     MIDI port parameter:     MIDI port parameter:
2277    
2278        GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER INFO <dev-id> <port> <param>        GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER INFO <dev-id> <port> <param>
# Line 2145  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2289  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2289        LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list.  Each        LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list.  Each
2290        answer line begins with the information category name followed by        answer line begins with the information category name followed by
2291        a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info        a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
2292    
2293    
2294    
2295    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 41]
2296    
2297    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
2298    
2299    
2300        character string to that info category.  There is information        character string to that info category.  There is information
2301        which is always returned, independently of the given channel        which is always returned, independently of the given channel
2302        parameter and there is optional information which are only shown        parameter and there is optional information which are only shown
# Line 2177  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2329  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2329    
2330           defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this           defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
2331           parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted number,           parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted number,
   
   
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 39]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
2332           this parameter is usually used in conjunction with 'RANGE_MAX'           this parameter is usually used in conjunction with 'RANGE_MAX'
2333           but may also appear without (optionally returned, dependent to           but may also appear without (optionally returned, dependent to
2334           driver and port parameter)           driver and port parameter)
# Line 2201  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2345  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2345    
2346           comma separated list of possible values for this parameter,           comma separated list of possible values for this parameter,
2347           character strings are encapsulated into apostrophes (optionally           character strings are encapsulated into apostrophes (optionally
2348    
2349    
2350    
2351    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 42]
2352    
2353    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
2354    
2355    
2356           returned, dependent to device and port parameter)           returned, dependent to device and port parameter)
2357    
2358     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
# Line 2221  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2373  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2373    
2374           "."           "."
2375    
2376    6.3.13.  Changing settings of MIDI input ports
 6.3.13  Changing settings of MIDI input ports  
2377    
2378     Use the following command to alter a specific setting of a MIDI input     Use the following command to alter a specific setting of a MIDI input
2379     port:     port:
# Line 2233  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2384  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2384     device as returned by the "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.3.5)     device as returned by the "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.3.5)
2385     or "LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.3.8) command, <port> by the     or "LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.3.8) command, <port> by the
2386     MIDI port number, <key> by the name of the parameter to change and     MIDI port number, <key> by the name of the parameter to change and
2387       <value> by the new value for this parameter (encapsulated into
2388       apostrophes) or NONE (not encapsulated into apostrophes) for
2389       specifying no value for parameters allowing a list of values.
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 40]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
    <value> by the new value for this parameter.  
2390    
2391     Possible Answers:     Possible Answers:
2392    
# Line 2255  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2400  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2400           noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning           noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning
2401           code and warning message           code and warning message
2402    
2403    
2404    
2405    
2406    
2407    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 43]
2408    
2409    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
2410    
2411    
2412        "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -        "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
2413    
2414           in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and           in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
# Line 2262  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2416  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2416    
2417     Example:     Example:
2418    
2419          C: "SET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER 0 0 ALSA_SEQ_BINDINGS='20:0'"
2420    
2421          S: "OK"
2422    
2423          C: "SET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER 0 0 ALSA_SEQ_BINDINGS=NONE"
2424    
2425          S: "OK"
2426    
2427  6.4  Configuring sampler channels  6.4.  Configuring sampler channels
2428    
2429     The following commands describe how to add and remove sampler     The following commands describe how to add and remove sampler
2430     channels, associate a sampler channel with a sampler engine, load     channels, associate a sampler channel with a sampler engine, load
2431     instruments and connect sampler channels to MIDI and audio devices.     instruments and connect sampler channels to MIDI and audio devices.
2432    
2433  6.4.1  Loading an instrument  6.4.1.  Loading an instrument
2434    
2435     An instrument file can be loaded and assigned to a sampler channel by     An instrument file can be loaded and assigned to a sampler channel by
2436     one of the following commands:     one of the following commands:
# Line 2285  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2444  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2444     of the sampler channel the instrument should be assigned to.  Each     of the sampler channel the instrument should be assigned to.  Each
2445     sampler channel can only have one instrument.     sampler channel can only have one instrument.
2446    
2447       Notice: since LSCP 1.2 the <filename> argument supports escape
2448       characters for special characters (see chapter "Character Set and
2449       Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)" for details) and accordingly
2450       backslash characters in the filename MUST now be escaped as well!
2451    
2452     The difference between regular and NON_MODAL versions of the command     The difference between regular and NON_MODAL versions of the command
2453     is that the regular command returns OK only after the instrument has     is that the regular command returns OK only after the instrument has
2454     been fully loaded and the channel is ready to be used while NON_MODAL     been fully loaded and the channel is ready to be used while NON_MODAL
2455     version returns immediately and a background process is launched to     version returns immediately and a background process is launched to
2456       load the instrument on the channel.  The GET CHANNEL INFO
2457       (Section 6.4.10) command can be used to obtain loading progress from
2458       INSTRUMENT_STATUS field.  LOAD command will perform sanity checks
2459       such as making sure that the file could be read and it is of a proper
2460    
2461    
2462    
2463  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 41]  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 44]
2464    
2465  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
2466    
2467    
    load the instrument on the channel.  The GET CHANNEL INFO  
    (Section 6.4.10) command can be used to obtain loading progress from  
    INSTRUMENT_STATUS field.  LOAD command will perform sanity checks  
    such as making sure that the file could be read and it is of a proper  
2468     format and SHOULD return ERR and SHOULD not launch the background     format and SHOULD return ERR and SHOULD not launch the background
2469     process should any errors be detected at that point.     process should any errors be detected at that point.
2470    
# Line 2323  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2487  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2487           in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and           in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
2488           error message           error message
2489    
2490     Example:     Example (Unix):
2491    
2492          C: LOAD INSTRUMENT '/home/joe/gigs/cello.gig' 0 0
2493    
2494          S: OK
2495    
2496       Example (Windows):
2497    
2498          C: LOAD INSTRUMENT 'D:/MySounds/cello.gig' 0 0
2499    
2500          S: OK
2501    
2502  6.4.2  Loading a sampler engine  6.4.2.  Loading a sampler engine
2503    
2504     A sampler engine type can be associated to a specific sampler channel     A sampler engine type can be associated to a specific sampler channel
2505     by the following command:     by the following command:
# Line 2342  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2513  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2513     be assigned to.  This command should be issued after adding a new     be assigned to.  This command should be issued after adding a new
2514     sampler channel and before any other control commands on the new     sampler channel and before any other control commands on the new
2515     sampler channel.  It can also be used to change the engine type of a     sampler channel.  It can also be used to change the engine type of a
    sampler channel.  This command has (currently) no way to define or  
    force if a new engine instance should be created and assigned to the  
    given sampler channel or if an already existing instance of that  
2516    
2517    
2518    
2519  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 42]  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 45]
2520    
2521  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
2522    
2523    
2524       sampler channel.  This command has (currently) no way to define or
2525       force if a new engine instance should be created and assigned to the
2526       given sampler channel or if an already existing instance of that
2527     engine type, shared with other sampler channels, should be used.     engine type, shared with other sampler channels, should be used.
2528    
2529     Possible Answers:     Possible Answers:
# Line 2376  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2547  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2547    
2548    
2549    
2550    6.4.3.  Getting all created sampler channel count
 6.4.3  Getting all created sampler channel count  
2551    
2552     The number of sampler channels can change on runtime.  To get the     The number of sampler channels can change on runtime.  To get the
2553     current amount of sampler channels, the front-end can send the     current amount of sampler channels, the front-end can send the
# Line 2397  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2567  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2567        S: "12"        S: "12"
2568    
2569    
 6.4.4  Getting all created sampler channel list  
2570    
    The number of sampler channels can change on runtime.  To get the  
    current list of sampler channels, the front-end can send the  
2571    
2572    
2573    
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 43]  
2574    
2575  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 46]
2576    
2577    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
2578    
2579    
2580    6.4.4.  Getting all created sampler channel list
2581    
2582       The number of sampler channels can change on runtime.  To get the
2583       current list of sampler channels, the front-end can send the
2584     following command:     following command:
2585    
2586        LIST CHANNELS        LIST CHANNELS
# Line 2424  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2596  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2596    
2597        S: "0,1,2,3,4,5,6,9,10,11,15,20"        S: "0,1,2,3,4,5,6,9,10,11,15,20"
2598    
2599    6.4.5.  Adding a new sampler channel
 6.4.5  Adding a new sampler channel  
2600    
2601     A new sampler channel can be added to the end of the sampler channel     A new sampler channel can be added to the end of the sampler channel
2602     list by sending the following command:     list by sending the following command:
# Line 2453  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2624  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2624    
2625        "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -        "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
2626    
          in case a new channel was added successfully, but there are  
          noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning  
          code and warning message  
2627    
2628    
2629    
2630    
2631  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 44]  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 47]
2632    
2633    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
2634    
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
2635    
2636             in case a new channel was added successfully, but there are
2637             noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning
2638             code and warning message
2639    
2640        "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -        "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
2641    
# Line 2474  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2646  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2646    
2647    
2648    
2649    6.4.6.  Removing a sampler channel
 6.4.6  Removing a sampler channel  
2650    
2651     A sampler channel can be removed by sending the following command:     A sampler channel can be removed by sending the following command:
2652    
# Line 2508  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2679  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2679    
2680    
2681    
 6.4.7  Getting amount of available engines  
2682    
    The front-end can ask for the number of available engines by sending  
    the following command:  
2683    
2684    
2685    
2686    
2687  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 45]  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 48]
2688    
2689    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
2690    
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
2691    
2692    6.4.7.  Getting amount of available engines
2693    
2694       The front-end can ask for the number of available engines by sending
2695       the following command:
2696    
2697        GET AVAILABLE_ENGINES        GET AVAILABLE_ENGINES
2698    
# Line 2534  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2707  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2707    
2708        S: "4"        S: "4"
2709    
2710    6.4.8.  Getting all available engines
 6.4.8  Getting all available engines  
2711    
2712     The front-end can ask for a list of all available engines by sending     The front-end can ask for a list of all available engines by sending
2713     the following command:     the following command:
# Line 2555  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2727  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2727    
2728        S: "'GigEngine','AkaiEngine','DLSEngine','JoesCustomEngine'"        S: "'GigEngine','AkaiEngine','DLSEngine','JoesCustomEngine'"
2729    
2730    6.4.9.  Getting information about an engine
 6.4.9  Getting information about an engine  
2731    
2732     The front-end can ask for information about a specific engine by     The front-end can ask for information about a specific engine by
2733     sending the following command:     sending the following command:
# Line 2566  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2737  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2737     Where <engine-name> is an engine name as obtained by the "LIST     Where <engine-name> is an engine name as obtained by the "LIST
2738     AVAILABLE_ENGINES" (Section 6.4.8) command.     AVAILABLE_ENGINES" (Section 6.4.8) command.
2739    
    Possible Answers:  
   
   
2740    
2741    
2742    
2743  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 46]  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 49]
2744    
2745    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
2746    
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
2747    
2748       Possible Answers:
2749    
2750        LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list.  Each        LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list.  Each
2751        answer line begins with the information category name followed by        answer line begins with the information category name followed by
# Line 2587  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2757  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2757    
2758           DESCRIPTION -           DESCRIPTION -
2759    
2760              arbitrary description text about the engine              arbitrary description text about the engine (note that the
2761                character string may contain escape sequences (Section 7.1))
2762    
2763           VERSION -           VERSION -
2764    
# Line 2605  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2776  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2776    
2777           "."           "."
2778    
2779    6.4.10.  Getting sampler channel information
 6.4.10  Getting sampler channel information  
2780    
2781     The front-end can ask for the current settings of a sampler channel     The front-end can ask for the current settings of a sampler channel
2782     by sending the following command:     by sending the following command:
# Line 2623  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2793  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2793        answer line begins with the settings category name followed by a        answer line begins with the settings category name followed by a
2794        colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info        colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
2795        character string to that setting category.  At the moment the        character string to that setting category.  At the moment the
       following categories are defined:  
2796    
2797    
2798    
2799    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 50]
2800    
2801    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
2802    
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 47]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
2803    
2804          following categories are defined:
2805    
2806    
2807    
# Line 2645  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2815  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2815    
2816              numerical ID of the audio output device which is currently              numerical ID of the audio output device which is currently
2817              connected to this sampler channel to output the audio              connected to this sampler channel to output the audio
2818              signal, "NONE" if there's no device connected to this              signal, "-1" if there's no device connected to this sampler
2819              sampler channel              channel
2820    
2821           AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNELS -           AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNELS -
2822    
# Line 2665  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2835  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2835           INSTRUMENT_FILE -           INSTRUMENT_FILE -
2836    
2837              the file name of the loaded instrument, "NONE" if there's no              the file name of the loaded instrument, "NONE" if there's no
2838              instrument yet loaded for this sampler channel              instrument yet loaded for this sampler channel (note: since
2839                LSCP 1.2 this path may contain escape sequences
2840                (Section 7.1))
2841    
2842           INSTRUMENT_NR -           INSTRUMENT_NR -
2843    
2844              the instrument index number of the loaded instrument              the instrument index number of the loaded instrument, "-1"
2845                if there's no instrument loaded for this sampler channel
2846    
2847           INSTRUMENT_NAME -           INSTRUMENT_NAME -
2848    
2849              the instrument name of the loaded instrument              the instrument name of the loaded instrument (note: since
2850                LSCP 1.2 this character string may contain escape sequences
2851                (Section 7.1))
2852    
          INSTRUMENT_STATUS -  
2853    
             integer values 0 to 100 indicating loading progress  
             percentage for the instrument.  Negative value indicates a  
             loading exception.  Value of 100 indicates that the  
             instrument is fully loaded.  
2854    
2855    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 51]
2856    
2857    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
2858    
2859    
2860  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 48]           INSTRUMENT_STATUS -
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
2861    
2862                Integer values 0 to 100 indicating loading progress
2863                percentage for the instrument.  Negative value indicates a
2864                loading exception (also returns "-1" in case no instrument
2865                was yet to be loaded on the sampler channel).  Value of 100
2866                indicates that the instrument is fully loaded.
2867    
2868           MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE -           MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE -
2869    
2870              numerical ID of the MIDI input device which is currently              numerical ID of the MIDI input device which is currently
2871              connected to this sampler channel to deliver MIDI input              connected to this sampler channel to deliver MIDI input
2872              commands, "NONE" if there's no device connected to this              commands, "-1" if there's no device connected to this
2873              sampler channel              sampler channel
2874    
2875           MIDI_INPUT_PORT -           MIDI_INPUT_PORT -
2876    
2877              port number of the MIDI input device              port number of the MIDI input device (in case a MIDI device
2878                was already assigned to the sampler channel)
2879    
2880           MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL -           MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL -
2881    
# Line 2724  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2901  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2901              Determines whether this is a solo channel, "true" if the              Determines whether this is a solo channel, "true" if the
2902              channel is a solo channel; "false" otherwise              channel is a solo channel; "false" otherwise
2903    
2904     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.           MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP -
2905    
2906     Example:              Determines to which MIDI instrument map this sampler channel
2907                is assigned to.  Read chapter "SET CHANNEL
2908    
       C: "GET CHANNEL INFO 34"  
2909    
       S: "ENGINE_NAME: GigEngine"  
2910    
2911           "VOLUME: 1.0"  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 52]
2912    
2913    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
2914    
          "AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE: 0"  
2915    
2916                MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP" (Section 6.4.24) for a list of possible
2917                values.
2918    
2919       The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
2920    
2921       Example:
2922    
2923          C: "GET CHANNEL INFO 34"
2924    
2925  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 49]        S: "ENGINE_NAME: GigEngine"
2926    
2927  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005           "VOLUME: 1.0"
2928    
2929             "AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE: 0"
2930    
2931           "AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNELS: 2"           "AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNELS: 2"
2932    
# Line 2763  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2946  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2946    
2947           "MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL: 5"           "MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL: 5"
2948    
2949           "."           "VOLUME: 1.0"
2950    
2951             "MUTE: false"
2952    
2953             "SOLO: false"
2954    
2955             "MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP: NONE"
2956    
2957  6.4.11  Current number of active voices           "."
2958    
2959    6.4.11.  Current number of active voices
2960    
2961     The front-end can ask for the current number of active voices on a     The front-end can ask for the current number of active voices on a
2962     sampler channel by sending the following command:     sampler channel by sending the following command:
2963    
2964    
2965    
2966    
2967    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 53]
2968    
2969    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
2970    
2971    
2972        GET CHANNEL VOICE_COUNT <sampler-channel>        GET CHANNEL VOICE_COUNT <sampler-channel>
2973    
2974     Where <sampler-channel> is the sampler channel number the front-end     Where <sampler-channel> is the sampler channel number the front-end
# Line 2786  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 2984  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
2984    
2985    
2986    
2987    6.4.12.  Current number of active disk streams
 6.4.12  Current number of active disk streams  
2988    
2989     The front-end can ask for the current number of active disk streams     The front-end can ask for the current number of active disk streams
2990     on a sampler channel by sending the following command:     on a sampler channel by sending the following command:
2991    
   
   
   
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 50]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
2992        GET CHANNEL STREAM_COUNT <sampler-channel>        GET CHANNEL STREAM_COUNT <sampler-channel>
2993    
2994     Where <sampler-channel> is the sampler channel number the front-end     Where <sampler-channel> is the sampler channel number the front-end
# Line 2818  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 3006  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
3006    
3007    
3008    
3009    6.4.13.  Current fill state of disk stream buffers
 6.4.13  Current fill state of disk stream buffers  
3010    
3011     The front-end can ask for the current fill state of all disk streams     The front-end can ask for the current fill state of all disk streams
3012     on a sampler channel by sending the following command:     on a sampler channel by sending the following command:
# Line 2828  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 3015  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
3015    
3016     to get the fill state in bytes or     to get the fill state in bytes or
3017    
3018    
3019    
3020    
3021    
3022    
3023    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 54]
3024    
3025    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
3026    
3027    
3028        GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE <sampler-channel>        GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE <sampler-channel>
3029    
3030     to get the fill state in percent, where <sampler-channel> is the     to get the fill state in percent, where <sampler-channel> is the
# Line 2850  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 3047  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
3047    
3048     Examples:     Examples:
3049    
   
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 51]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
3050        C: "GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL BYTES 4"        C: "GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL BYTES 4"
3051    
3052        S: "[115]420500,[116]510300,[75]110000,[120]230700"        S: "[115]420500,[116]510300,[75]110000,[120]230700"
# Line 2869  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 3059  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
3059    
3060        S: ""        S: ""
3061    
3062    6.4.14.  Setting audio output device
 6.4.14  Setting audio output device  
3063    
3064     The front-end can set the audio output device on a specific sampler     The front-end can set the audio output device on a specific sampler
3065     channel by sending the following command:     channel by sending the following command:
# Line 2885  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 3074  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
3074     (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)     (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
3075     command.     command.
3076    
3077    
3078    
3079    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 55]
3080    
3081    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
3082    
3083    
3084     Possible Answers:     Possible Answers:
3085    
3086        "OK" -        "OK" -
# Line 2906  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 3102  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
3102    
3103    
3104    
3105    6.4.15.  Setting audio output type
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 52]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
   
   
   
 6.4.15  Setting audio output type  
3106    
3107     DEPRECATED: THIS COMMAND WILL DISAPPEAR SOON!     DEPRECATED: THIS COMMAND WILL DISAPPEAR SOON!
3108    
# Line 2941  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 3127  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
3127           related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning           related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
3128           message           message
3129    
3130    
3131    
3132    
3133    
3134    
3135    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 56]
3136    
3137    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
3138    
3139    
3140        "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -        "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3141    
3142           in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and           in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
# Line 2950  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 3146  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
3146    
3147    
3148    
3149    6.4.16.  Setting audio output channel
 6.4.16  Setting audio output channel  
3150    
3151     The front-end can alter the audio output channel on a specific     The front-end can alter the audio output channel on a specific
3152     sampler channel by sending the following command:     sampler channel by sending the following command:
# Line 2961  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 3156  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
3156    
3157     Where <sampler-chan> is the sampler channel number as returned by the     Where <sampler-chan> is the sampler channel number as returned by the
3158     "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)     "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
   
   
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 53]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
3159     command, <audio-out> is the numerical ID of the sampler channel's     command, <audio-out> is the numerical ID of the sampler channel's
3160     audio output channel which should be rerouted and <audio-in> is the     audio output channel which should be rerouted and <audio-in> is the
3161     numerical ID of the audio channel of the selected audio output device     numerical ID of the audio channel of the selected audio output device
# Line 2996  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 3183  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
3183    
3184    
3185    
3186  6.4.17  Setting MIDI input device  
3187    
3188    
3189    
3190    
3191    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 57]
3192    
3193    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
3194    
3195    
3196    6.4.17.  Setting MIDI input device
3197    
3198     The front-end can set the MIDI input device on a specific sampler     The front-end can set the MIDI input device on a specific sampler
3199     channel by sending the following command:     channel by sending the following command:
# Line 3005  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 3202  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
3202    
3203     Where <sampler-channel> is the sampler channel number as returned by     Where <sampler-channel> is the sampler channel number as returned by
3204     the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)     the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
3205     command and <midi-device-id> is  the numerical ID of the MIDI input     command and <midi-device-id> is the numerical ID of the MIDI input
3206     device as returned by the "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.3.5)     device as returned by the "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.3.5)
3207     or "LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.3.8) command.     or "LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.3.8) command.
3208    
# Line 3015  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 3212  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
3212    
3213           on success           on success
3214    
   
   
   
   
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 54]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
3215        "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -        "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
3216    
3217           if MIDI input device was set, but there are noteworthy issue(s)           if MIDI input device was set, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
# Line 3040  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 3227  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
3227    
3228    
3229    
3230    6.4.18.  Setting MIDI input type
 6.4.18  Setting MIDI input type  
3231    
3232     DEPRECATED: THIS COMMAND WILL DISAPPEAR SOON!     DEPRECATED: THIS COMMAND WILL DISAPPEAR SOON!
3233    
# Line 3055  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 3241  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
3241    
3242     Possible Answers:     Possible Answers:
3243    
3244    
3245    
3246    
3247    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 58]
3248    
3249    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
3250    
3251    
3252        "OK" -        "OK" -
3253    
3254           on success           on success
# Line 3074  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 3268  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
3268    
3269    
3270    
3271    6.4.19.  Setting MIDI input port
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 55]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
   
   
   
 6.4.19  Setting MIDI input port  
3272    
3273     The front-end can alter the MIDI input port on a specific sampler     The front-end can alter the MIDI input port on a specific sampler
3274     channel by sending the following command:     channel by sending the following command:
# Line 3116  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 3300  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
3300    
3301    
3302    
3303  6.4.20  Setting MIDI input channel  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 59]
3304    
3305    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
3306    
3307    
3308    
3309    
3310    6.4.20.  Setting MIDI input channel
3311    
3312     The front-end can alter the MIDI channel a sampler channel should     The front-end can alter the MIDI channel a sampler channel should
3313     listen to by sending the following command:     listen to by sending the following command:
# Line 3129  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 3320  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
3320    
3321     Possible Answers:     Possible Answers:
3322    
   
   
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 56]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
3323        "OK" -        "OK" -
3324    
3325           on success           on success
# Line 3156  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 3339  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
3339    
3340    
3341    
3342    6.4.21.  Setting channel volume
 6.4.21  Setting channel volume  
3343    
3344     The front-end can alter the volume of a sampler channel by sending     The front-end can alter the volume of a sampler channel by sending
3345     the following command:     the following command:
# Line 3171  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 3353  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
3353    
3354     Possible Answers:     Possible Answers:
3355    
3356    
3357    
3358    
3359    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 60]
3360    
3361    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
3362    
3363    
3364        "OK" -        "OK" -
3365    
3366           on success           on success
# Line 3186  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 3376  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
3376           in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and           in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3377           error message           error message
3378    
   
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 57]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
3379     Examples:     Examples:
3380    
3381    
3382    
3383    6.4.22.  Muting a sampler channel
 6.4.22  Muting a sampler channel  
3384    
3385     The front-end can mute/unmute a specific sampler channel by sending     The front-end can mute/unmute a specific sampler channel by sending
3386     the following command:     the following command:
# Line 3227  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 3409  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
3409           in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and           in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3410           error message           error message
3411    
    Examples:  
3412    
3413    
3414    
3415    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 61]
3416    
3417    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
3418    
3419    
3420       Examples:
3421    
3422  6.4.23  Soloing a sampler channel  
3423    
3424    6.4.23.  Soloing a sampler channel
3425    
3426     The front-end can solo/unsolo a specific sampler channel by sending     The front-end can solo/unsolo a specific sampler channel by sending
3427     the following command:     the following command:
# Line 3241  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 3430  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
3430    
3431     Where <sampler-channel> is the respective sampler channel number as     Where <sampler-channel> is the respective sampler channel number as
3432     returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS"     returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS"
3433       (Section 6.4.4) command and <solo> should be replaced either by "1"
3434       to solo the channel or "0" to unsolo the channel.
3435    
3436       Possible Answers:
3437    
3438          "OK" -
3439    
3440             on success
3441    
3442  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 58]        "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
3443    
3444  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005           if the channel was soloed/unsoloed, but there are noteworthy
3445             issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
3446             warning message
3447    
3448          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3449    
3450             in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3451             error message
3452    
3453       Examples:
3454    
3455    
3456    
3457    6.4.24.  Assigning a MIDI instrument map to a sampler channel
3458    
3459       The front-end can assign a MIDI instrument map to a specific sampler
3460       channel by sending the following command:
3461    
3462          SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP <sampler-channel> <map>
3463    
3464       Where <sampler-channel> is the respective sampler channel number as
3465       returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS"
3466       (Section 6.4.4) command and <map> can have the following
3467       possibilites:
3468    
3469    
3470    
3471    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 62]
3472    
3473    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
3474    
3475    
3476          "NONE" -
3477    
3478             This is the default setting.  In this case the sampler channel
3479             is not assigned any MIDI instrument map and thus will ignore
3480             all MIDI program change messages.
3481    
3482          "DEFAULT" -
3483    
3484             The sampler channel will always use the default MIDI instrument
3485             map to handle MIDI program change messages.
3486    
3487          numeric ID -
3488    
3489             You can assign a specific MIDI instrument map by replacing
3490             <map> with the respective numeric ID of the MIDI instrument map
3491             as returned by the "LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS" (Section 6.7.4)
3492             command.  Once that map will be deleted, the sampler channel
3493             would fall back to "NONE".
3494    
3495       Read chapter "MIDI Instrument Mapping" (Section 6.7) for details
3496       regarding MIDI instrument mapping.
3497    
3498       Possible Answers:
3499    
3500          "OK" -
3501    
3502             on success
3503    
3504          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3505    
3506             in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3507             error message
3508    
3509       Examples:
3510    
3511    
3512    
3513    6.4.25.  Adding an effect send to a sampler channel
3514    
3515       The front-end can create an additional effect send on a specific
3516       sampler channel by sending the following command:
3517    
3518          CREATE FX_SEND <sampler-channel> <midi-ctrl> [<name>]
3519    
3520       Where <sampler-channel> is the respective sampler channel number as
3521       returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS"
3522       (Section 6.4.4) command, that is the sampler channel on which the
3523       effect send should be created on, <midi-ctrl> is a number between
3524    
3525    
3526    
3527    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 63]
3528    
3529    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
3530    
3531    
3532       0..127 defining the MIDI controller which can alter the effect send
3533       level and <name> is an optional argument defining a name for the
3534       effect send entity.  The name does not have to be unique, but MUST be
3535       encapsulated into apostrophes and supports escape sequences as
3536       described in chapter "Character Set and Escape Sequences
3537       (Section 7.1)".
3538    
3539       By default, that is as initial routing, the effect send's audio
3540       channels are automatically routed to the last audio channels of the
3541       sampler channel's audio output device, that way you can i.e. first
3542       increase the amount of audio channels on the audio output device for
3543       having dedicated effect send output channels and when "CREATE
3544       FX_SEND" is called, those channels will automatically be picked.  You
3545       can alter the destination channels however with "SET FX_SEND
3546       AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.31).
3547    
3548       Note: Create effect sends on a sampler channel only when needed,
3549       because having effect sends on a sampler channel will decrease
3550       runtime performance, because for implementing channel effect sends,
3551       separate (sampler channel local) audio buffers are needed to render
3552       and mix the voices and route the audio signal afterwards to the
3553       master outputs and effect send outputs (along with their respective
3554       effect send levels).  A sampler channel without effect sends however
3555       can mix its voices directly into the audio output devices's audio
3556       buffers and is thus faster.
3557    
3558       Possible Answers:
3559    
3560          "OK[<fx-send-id>]" -
3561    
3562             in case a new effect send could be added to the sampler
3563             channel, where <fx-send-id> reflects the unique ID of the newly
3564             created effect send entity
3565    
3566          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3567    
3568             when a new effect send could not be added, i.e. due to invalid
3569             parameters
3570    
3571       Examples:
3572    
3573          C: "CREATE FX_SEND 0 91 'Reverb Send'"
3574    
3575          S: "OK[0]"
3576    
3577          C: "CREATE FX_SEND 0 93"
3578    
3579    
3580    
3581    
3582    
3583    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 64]
3584    
3585    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
3586    
3587    
3588          S: "OK[1]"
3589    
3590    6.4.26.  Removing an effect send from a sampler channel
3591    
3592       The front-end can remove an existing effect send on a specific
3593       sampler channel by sending the following command:
3594    
3595          DESTROY FX_SEND <sampler-channel> <fx-send-id>
3596    
3597       Where <sampler-channel> is the respective sampler channel number as
3598       returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS"
3599       (Section 6.4.4) command, that is the sampler channel from which the
3600       effect send should be removed from and <fx-send-id> is the respective
3601       effect send number as returned by the "CREATE FX_SEND"
3602       (Section 6.4.25) or "LIST FX_SENDS" (Section 6.4.28) command.
3603    
3604       Possible Answers:
3605    
3606          "OK" -
3607    
3608             on success
3609    
3610          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3611    
3612             in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3613             error message
3614    
3615       Example:
3616    
3617          C: "DESTROY FX_SEND 0 0"
3618    
3619          S: "OK"
3620    
3621    6.4.27.  Getting amount of effect sends on a sampler channel
3622    
3623       The front-end can ask for the amount of effect sends on a specific
3624       sampler channel by sending the following command:
3625    
3626          GET FX_SENDS <sampler-channel>
3627    
3628       Where <sampler-channel> is the respective sampler channel number as
3629       returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS"
3630       (Section 6.4.4) command.
3631    
3632       Possible Answers:
3633    
3634    
3635    
3636    
3637    
3638    
3639    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 65]
3640    
3641    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
3642    
3643    
3644          The sampler will answer by returning the number of effect sends on
3645          the given sampler channel.
3646    
3647       Example:
3648    
3649          C: "GET FX_SENDS 0"
3650    
3651          S: "2"
3652    
3653    6.4.28.  Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel
3654    
3655       The front-end can ask for a list of effect sends on a specific
3656       sampler channel by sending the following command:
3657    
3658          LIST FX_SENDS <sampler-channel>
3659    
3660       Where <sampler-channel> is the respective sampler channel number as
3661       returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS"
3662       (Section 6.4.4) command.
3663    
3664       Possible Answers:
3665    
3666          The sampler will answer by returning a comma separated list with
3667          all effect sends' numerical IDs on the given sampler channel.
3668    
3669       Examples:
3670    
3671          C: "LIST FX_SENDS 0"
3672    
3673          S: "0,1"
3674    
3675          C: "LIST FX_SENDS 1"
3676    
3677          S: ""
3678    
3679    6.4.29.  Getting effect send information
3680    
3681       The front-end can ask for the current settings of an effect send
3682       entity by sending the following command:
3683    
3684          GET FX_SEND INFO <sampler-channel> <fx-send-id>
3685    
3686       Where <sampler-channel> is the sampler channel number as returned by
3687       the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
3688       command and <fx-send-id> reflects the numerical ID of the effect send
3689       entity as returned by the "CREATE FX_SEND" (Section 6.4.25) or "LIST
3690       FX_SENDS" (Section 6.4.28) command.
3691    
3692    
3693    
3694    
3695    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 66]
3696    
3697    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
3698    
3699    
3700       Possible Answers:
3701    
3702          The sampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list.  Each
3703          answer line begins with the settings category name followed by a
3704          colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
3705          character string to that setting category.  At the moment the
3706          following categories are defined:
3707    
3708    
3709    
3710             NAME -
3711    
3712                name of the effect send entity (note that this character
3713                string may contain escape sequences (Section 7.1))
3714    
3715             MIDI_CONTROLLER -
3716    
3717                a value between 0 and 127 reflecting the MIDI controller
3718                which is able to modify the effect send's send level
3719    
3720             LEVEL -
3721    
3722                optionally dotted number reflecting the effect send's
3723                current send level (where a value < 1.0 means attenuation
3724                and a value > 1.0 means amplification)
3725    
3726             AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING -
3727    
3728                comma separated list which reflects to which audio channel
3729                of the selected audio output device each effect send output
3730                channel is routed to, e.g. "0,3" would mean the effect
3731                send's output channel 0 is routed to channel 0 of the audio
3732                output device and the effect send's output channel 1 is
3733                routed to the channel 3 of the audio output device (see "SET
3734                FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.31) for details),
3735                if an internal send effect is assigned to the effect send,
3736                then this setting defines the audio channel routing to that
3737                effect instance respectively
3738    
3739             EFFECT -
3740    
3741                destination send effect chain ID and destination effect
3742                chain position, separated by comma in the form "<effect-
3743                chain>,<chain-pos>" or "NONE" if there is no send effect
3744                assigned to the effect send
3745    
3746       The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
3747    
3748    
3749    
3750    
3751    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 67]
3752    
3753    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
3754    
3755    
3756       Example:
3757    
3758          C: "GET FX_SEND INFO 0 0"
3759    
3760          S: "NAME: Reverb Send"
3761    
3762             "MIDI_CONTROLLER: 91"
3763    
3764             "LEVEL: 0.3"
3765    
3766             "AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING: 2,3"
3767    
3768             "EFFECT: NONE"
3769    
3770             "."
3771    
3772          C: "GET FX_SEND INFO 0 1"
3773    
3774          S: "NAME: Delay Send (Internal)"
3775    
3776             "MIDI_CONTROLLER: 93"
3777    
3778             "LEVEL: 0.51"
3779    
3780             "AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING: 1,2"
3781    
3782             "EFFECT: 2,0"
3783    
3784             "."
3785    
3786    6.4.30.  Changing effect send's name
3787    
3788       The front-end can alter the current name of an effect send entity by
3789       sending the following command:
3790    
3791          SET FX_SEND NAME <sampler-chan> <fx-send-id> <name>
3792    
3793       Where <sampler-chan> is the sampler channel number as returned by the
3794       "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
3795       command, <fx-send-id> reflects the numerical ID of the effect send
3796       entity as returned by the "CREATE FX_SEND" (Section 6.4.25) or "LIST
3797       FX_SENDS" (Section 6.4.28) command and <name> is the new name of the
3798       effect send entity, which does not have to be unique (name MUST be
3799       encapsulated into apostrophes and supports escape sequences as
3800       described in chapter "Character Set and Escape Sequences
3801       (Section 7.1)").
3802    
3803       Possible Answers:
3804    
3805    
3806    
3807    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 68]
3808    
3809    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
3810    
3811    
3812          "OK" -
3813    
3814             on success
3815    
3816          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3817    
3818             in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3819             error message
3820    
3821       Example:
3822    
3823          C: "SET FX_SEND NAME 0 0 'Fx Send 1'"
3824    
3825          S: "OK"
3826    
3827    6.4.31.  Altering effect send's audio routing
3828    
3829       The front-end can alter the destination of an effect send's audio
3830       channel on a specific sampler channel by sending the following
3831       command:
3832    
3833          SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL <sampler-chan> <fx-send-id>
3834          <audio-src> <audio-dst>
3835    
3836       Where <sampler-chan> is the sampler channel number as returned by the
3837       "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
3838       command, <fx-send-id> reflects the numerical ID of the effect send
3839       entity as returned by the "CREATE FX_SEND" (Section 6.4.25) or "LIST
3840       FX_SENDS" (Section 6.4.28) command, <audio-src> is the numerical ID
3841       of the effect send's audio channel which should be rerouted and
3842       <audio-dst> is the numerical ID of the audio channel of the selected
3843       audio output device where <audio-src> should be routed to.  If an
3844       internal send effect is assigned to the effect send, then this
3845       setting defines the audio channel routing to that effect instance
3846       respectively.
3847    
3848       Note that effect sends can only route audio to the same audio output
3849       device as assigned to the effect send's sampler channel.  Also note
3850       that an effect send entity does always have exactly as much audio
3851       channels as its sampler channel.  So if the sampler channel is
3852       stereo, the effect send does have two audio channels as well.  Also
3853       keep in mind that the amount of audio channels on a sampler channel
3854       might be dependant not only to the deployed sampler engine on the
3855       sampler channel, but also dependant to the instrument currently
3856       loaded.  However you can (effectively) turn an i.e. stereo effect
3857       send into a mono one by simply altering its audio routing
3858       appropriately.
3859    
3860    
3861    
3862    
3863    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 69]
3864    
3865    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
3866    
    (Section 6.4.4) command and <solo> should be replaced either by "1"  
    to solo the channel or "0" to unsolo the channel.  
3867    
3868     Possible Answers:     Possible Answers:
3869    
# Line 3260  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 3873  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
3873    
3874        "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -        "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
3875    
3876           if the channel was soloed/unsoloed, but there are noteworthy           if audio output channel was set, but there are noteworthy
3877           issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and           issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
3878           warning message           warning message
3879    
# Line 3269  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 3882  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
3882           in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and           in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3883           error message           error message
3884    
3885     Examples:     Example:
3886    
3887          C: "SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL 0 0 0 2"
3888    
3889          S: "OK"
3890    
3891    6.4.32.  Assigning destination effect to an effect send
3892    
3893       The front-end can (re-)assign a destination effect to an effect send
3894       by sending the following command:
3895    
3896          SET FX_SEND EFFECT <sampler-chan> <fx-send-id> <effect-chain>
3897          <chain-pos>
3898    
3899       Where <sampler-chan> is the sampler channel number as returned by the
3900       "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
3901       command, <fx-send-id> reflects the numerical ID of the effect send
3902       entity as returned by the "CREATE FX_SEND" (Section 6.4.25) or "LIST
3903       FX_SENDS" (Section 6.4.28) command, <effect-chain> by the numerical
3904       ID of the destination effect chain as returned by the "ADD
3905       SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN" (Section 6.11.14) or "LIST SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS"
3906       (Section 6.11.13) command and <chain-pos> reflects the exact effect
3907       chain position in the effect chain which hosts the actual destination
3908       effect.
3909    
3910       Possible Answers:
3911    
3912          "OK" -
3913    
3914             on success
3915    
3916    
3917    
3918    
3919    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 70]
3920    
3921    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
3922    
3923    
3924          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3925    
3926             in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3927             error message
3928    
3929       Example:
3930    
3931          C: "SET FX_SEND EFFECT 0 0 2 5"
3932    
3933          S: "OK"
3934    
3935    6.4.33.  Removing destination effect from an effect send
3936    
3937       The front-end can (re-)assign a destination effect to an effect send
3938       by sending the following command:
3939    
3940  6.4.24  Resetting a sampler channel        REMOVE FX_SEND EFFECT <sampler-chan> <fx-send-id>
3941    
3942       Where <sampler-chan> is the sampler channel number as returned by the
3943       "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
3944       command, <fx-send-id> reflects the numerical ID of the effect send
3945       entity as returned by the "CREATE FX_SEND" (Section 6.4.25) or "LIST
3946       FX_SENDS" (Section 6.4.28) command.
3947    
3948       After the destination effect has been removed from the effect send,
3949       the audio signal of the effect send will be routed directly to the
3950       audio output device, according to the audio channel routing setting
3951       of the effect send.
3952    
3953       Possible Answers:
3954    
3955          "OK" -
3956    
3957             on success
3958    
3959          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3960    
3961             in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3962             error message
3963    
3964       Example:
3965    
3966          C: "REMOVE FX_SEND EFFECT 0 0"
3967    
3968          S: "OK"
3969    
3970    
3971    
3972    
3973    
3974    
3975    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 71]
3976    
3977    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
3978    
3979    
3980    6.4.34.  Altering effect send's MIDI controller
3981    
3982       The front-end can alter the MIDI controller of an effect send entity
3983       by sending the following command:
3984    
3985          SET FX_SEND MIDI_CONTROLLER <sampler-chan> <fx-send-id> <midi-
3986          ctrl>
3987    
3988       Where <sampler-chan> is the sampler channel number as returned by the
3989       "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
3990       command, <fx-send-id> reflects the numerical ID of the effect send
3991       entity as returned by the "CREATE FX_SEND" (Section 6.4.25) or "LIST
3992       FX_SENDS" (Section 6.4.28) command and <midi-ctrl> reflects the MIDI
3993       controller which shall be able to modify the effect send's send
3994       level.
3995    
3996       Possible Answers:
3997    
3998          "OK" -
3999    
4000             on success
4001    
4002          "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
4003    
4004             if MIDI controller was set, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
4005             related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
4006             message
4007    
4008          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4009    
4010             in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4011             error message
4012    
4013       Example:
4014    
4015          C: "SET FX_SEND MIDI_CONTROLLER 0 0 91"
4016    
4017          S: "OK"
4018    
4019    6.4.35.  Altering effect send's send level
4020    
4021       The front-end can alter the current send level of an effect send
4022       entity by sending the following command:
4023    
4024          SET FX_SEND LEVEL <sampler-chan> <fx-send-id> <volume>
4025    
4026       Where <sampler-chan> is the sampler channel number as returned by the
4027       "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
4028    
4029    
4030    
4031    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 72]
4032    
4033    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
4034    
4035    
4036       command, <fx-send-id> reflects the numerical ID of the effect send
4037       entity as returned by the "CREATE FX_SEND" (Section 6.4.25) or "LIST
4038       FX_SENDS" (Section 6.4.28) command and <volume> is an optionally
4039       dotted positive number (a value smaller than 1.0 means attenuation,
4040       whereas a value greater than 1.0 means amplification) reflecting the
4041       new send level.
4042    
4043       Possible Answers:
4044    
4045          "OK" -
4046    
4047             on success
4048    
4049          "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
4050    
4051             if new send level was set, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
4052             related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
4053             message
4054    
4055          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4056    
4057             in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4058             error message
4059    
4060       Example:
4061    
4062          C: "SET FX_SEND LEVEL 0 0 0.15"
4063    
4064          S: "OK"
4065    
4066    6.4.36.  Sending MIDI messages to sampler channel
4067    
4068       The front-end can send MIDI events to a specific sampler channel by
4069       sending the following command:
4070    
4071          SEND CHANNEL MIDI_DATA <midi-msg> <sampler-chan> <arg1> <arg2>
4072    
4073       Where <sampler-chan> is the sampler channel number as returned by the
4074       "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
4075       command, <arg1> and <arg2> arguments depend on the <midi-msg>
4076       argument, which specifies the MIDI message type.  Currently, the
4077       following MIDI messages are supported:
4078    
4079          "NOTE_ON" -
4080    
4081             For turning on MIDI notes, where <arg1> specifies the key
4082             number and <arg2> the velocity as described in the MIDI
4083             specification.
4084    
4085    
4086    
4087    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 73]
4088    
4089    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
4090    
4091    
4092          "NOTE_OFF" -
4093    
4094             For turning a currently playing MIDI note off, where <arg1>
4095             specifies the key number and <arg2> the velocity as described
4096             in the MIDI specification.
4097    
4098          "CC" -
4099    
4100             For changing a MIDI controller, where <arg1> specifies the
4101             controller number and <arg2> the new value of the controller as
4102             described in the Control Change section of the MIDI
4103             specification.
4104    
4105       CAUTION: This command is provided for implementations of virtual MIDI
4106       keyboards and no realtime guarantee whatsoever will be made!
4107    
4108       Possible Answers:
4109    
4110          "OK" -
4111    
4112             on success
4113    
4114          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4115    
4116             in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4117             error message
4118    
4119       Example:
4120    
4121          C: "SEND CHANNEL MIDI_DATA NOTE_ON 0 56 112"
4122    
4123          S: "OK"
4124    
4125    6.4.37.  Resetting a sampler channel
4126    
4127     The front-end can reset a particular sampler channel by sending the     The front-end can reset a particular sampler channel by sending the
4128     following command:     following command:
# Line 3288  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 4136  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
4136    
4137     Possible Answers:     Possible Answers:
4138    
4139    
4140    
4141    
4142    
4143    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 74]
4144    
4145    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
4146    
4147    
4148        "OK" -        "OK" -
4149    
4150           on success           on success
# Line 3298  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 4155  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
4155           related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning           related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
4156           message           message
4157    
   
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 59]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
4158        "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -        "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4159    
4160           in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and           in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
# Line 3314  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 4164  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
4164    
4165    
4166    
4167    6.5.  Controlling connection
 6.5  Controlling connection  
4168    
4169     The following commands are used to control the connection to     The following commands are used to control the connection to
4170     LinuxSampler.     LinuxSampler.
4171    
4172  6.5.1  Register front-end for receiving event messages  6.5.1.  Register front-end for receiving event messages
4173    
4174     The front-end can register itself to the LinuxSampler application to     The front-end can register itself to the LinuxSampler application to
4175     be informed about noteworthy events by sending this command:     be informed about noteworthy events by sending this command:
# Line 3342  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 4191  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
4191           related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning           related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
4192           message           message
4193    
       "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -  
   
          in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and  
          error message  
4194    
    Examples:  
4195    
4196    
4197    
4198    
4199    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 75]
4200    
4201    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
4202    
4203    
4204          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4205    
4206             in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4207             error message
4208    
4209  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 60]     Examples:
4210    
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
4211    
4212    
4213  6.5.2  Unregister front-end for not receiving event messages  6.5.2.  Unregister front-end for not receiving event messages
4214    
4215     The front-end can unregister itself if it doesn't want to receive     The front-end can unregister itself if it doesn't want to receive
4216     event messages anymore by sending the following command:     event messages anymore by sending the following command:
# Line 3392  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 4241  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
4241    
4242    
4243    
4244    6.5.3.  Enable or disable echo of commands
 6.5.3  Enable or disable echo of commands  
4245    
4246     To enable or disable back sending of commands to the client the     To enable or disable back sending of commands to the client the
4247     following command can be used:     following command can be used:
# Line 3401  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 4249  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
4249        SET ECHO <value>        SET ECHO <value>
4250    
4251     Where <value> should be replaced either by "1" to enable echo mode or     Where <value> should be replaced either by "1" to enable echo mode or
4252    
4253    
4254    
4255    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 76]
4256    
4257    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
4258    
4259    
4260     "0" to disable echo mode.  When echo mode is enabled, all commands     "0" to disable echo mode.  When echo mode is enabled, all commands
4261     send to LinuxSampler will be immediately send back and after this     send to LinuxSampler will be immediately send back and after this
4262     echo the actual response to the command will be returned.  Echo mode     echo the actual response to the command will be returned.  Echo mode
# Line 3409  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 4265  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
4265    
4266     Possible Answers:     Possible Answers:
4267    
   
   
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 61]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
4268        "OK" -        "OK" -
4269    
4270           usually           usually
# Line 3429  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 4277  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
4277    
4278    
4279    
4280    6.5.4.  Close client connection
 6.5.4  Close client connection  
4281    
4282     The client can close its network connection to LinuxSampler by     The client can close its network connection to LinuxSampler by
4283     sending the following command:     sending the following command:
# Line 3440  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 4287  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
4287     This is probably more interesting for manual telnet connections to     This is probably more interesting for manual telnet connections to
4288     LinuxSampler than really useful for a front-end implementation.     LinuxSampler than really useful for a front-end implementation.
4289    
4290  6.6  Global commands  6.6.  Global commands
4291    
4292     The following commands have global impact on the sampler.     The following commands have global impact on the sampler.
4293    
4294  6.6.1  Reset sampler  6.6.1.  Current number of active voices
4295    
4296       The front-end can ask for the current number of active voices on the
4297       sampler by sending the following command:
4298    
4299          GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
4300    
4301       Possible Answers:
4302    
4303          LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number of all active
4304          voices on the sampler.
4305    
4306    
4307    
4308    
4309    
4310    
4311    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 77]
4312    
4313    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
4314    
4315    
4316    6.6.2.  Maximum amount of active voices
4317    
4318       The front-end can ask for the maximum number of active voices by
4319       sending the following command:
4320    
4321          GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT_MAX
4322    
4323       Possible Answers:
4324    
4325          LinuxSampler will answer by returning the maximum number of active
4326          voices.
4327    
4328    6.6.3.  Current number of active disk streams
4329    
4330       The front-end can ask for the current number of active disk streams
4331       on the sampler by sending the following command:
4332    
4333          GET TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT
4334    
4335       Possible Answers:
4336    
4337          LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number of all active
4338          disk streams on the sampler.
4339    
4340    6.6.4.  Reset sampler
4341    
4342     The front-end can reset the whole sampler by sending the following     The front-end can reset the whole sampler by sending the following
4343     command:     command:
# Line 3461  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 4354  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
4354    
4355    
4356    
4357    6.6.5.  General sampler informations
 6.6.2  General sampler informations  
4358    
4359     The client can ask for general informations about the LinuxSampler     The client can ask for general informations about the LinuxSampler
4360       instance by sending the following command:
4361    
4362    
4363    
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 62]  
4364    
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
4365    
4366    
4367     instance by sending the following command:  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 78]
4368    
4369    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
4370    
4371    
4372        GET SERVER INFO        GET SERVER INFO
4373    
# Line 3489  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 4383  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
4383    
4384           DESCRIPTION -           DESCRIPTION -
4385    
4386              arbitrary textual description about the sampler              arbitrary textual description about the sampler (note that
4387                the character string may contain escape sequences
4388                (Section 7.1))
4389    
4390           VERSION -           VERSION -
4391    
# Line 3500  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 4396  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
4396              version of the LSCP specification the sampler complies with              version of the LSCP specification the sampler complies with
4397              (see Section 2 for details)              (see Section 2 for details)
4398    
4399             INSTRUMENTS_DB_SUPPORT -
4400    
4401                either yes or no, specifies whether the sampler is build
4402                with instruments database support.
4403    
4404     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
4405     Other fields might be added in future.     Other fields might be added in future.
4406    
4407    6.6.6.  Getting global volume attenuation
4408    
4409       The client can ask for the current global sampler-wide volume
4410       attenuation by sending the following command:
4411    
4412          GET VOLUME
4413    
4414       Possible Answers:
4415    
4416          The sampler will always answer by returning the optional dotted
4417          floating point coefficient, reflecting the current global volume
4418          attenuation.
4419    
4420    
4421    
4422    
4423    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 79]
4424    
4425    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
4426    
4427    
4428       Note: it is up to the respective sampler engine whether to obey that
4429       global volume parameter or not, but in general all engines SHOULD use
4430       this parameter.
4431    
4432    6.6.7.  Setting global volume attenuation
4433    
4434       The client can alter the current global sampler-wide volume
4435       attenuation by sending the following command:
4436    
4437          SET VOLUME <volume>
4438    
4439       Where <volume> should be replaced by the optional dotted floating
4440       point value, reflecting the new global volume parameter.  This value
4441       might usually be in the range between 0.0 and 1.0, that is for
4442       attenuating the overall volume.
4443    
4444       Possible Answers:
4445    
4446          "OK" -
4447    
4448             on success
4449    
4450          "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
4451    
4452             if the global volume was set, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
4453             related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
4454             message
4455    
4456          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4457    
4458             in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4459             error message
4460    
4461    6.6.8.  Getting global voice limit
4462    
4463       The client can ask for the current global sampler-wide limit for
4464       maximum voices by sending the following command:
4465    
4466          GET VOICES
4467    
4468       Possible Answers:
4469    
4470          LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number for the current
4471          limit of maximum voices.
4472    
4473       The voice limit setting defines how many voices should maximum be
4474       processed by the sampler at the same time.  If the user triggers new
4475       notes which would exceed that voice limit, the sampler engine will
4476    
4477    
4478    
4479    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 80]
4480    
4481    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
4482    
4483    
4484       react by stealing old voices for those newly triggered notes.  Note
4485       that the amount of voices triggered by a new note can be larger than
4486       one and is dependent to the respective instrument and probably
4487       further criterias.
4488    
4489    6.6.9.  Setting global voice limit
4490    
4491       The client can alter the current global sampler-wide limit for
4492       maximum voices by sending the following command:
4493    
4494          SET VOICES <max-voices>
4495    
4496       Where <max-voices> should be replaced by the integer value,
4497       reflecting the new global amount limit of maximum voices.  This value
4498       has to be larger than 0.
4499    
4500       Possible Answers:
4501    
4502          "OK" -
4503    
4504             on success
4505    
4506          "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
4507    
4508             if the voice limit was set, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
4509             related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
4510             message
4511    
4512          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4513    
4514             in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4515             error message
4516    
4517       Note: the given value will be passed to all sampler engine instances.
4518       The total amount of maximum voices on the running system might thus
4519       be as big as the given value multiplied by the current amount of
4520       engine instances.
4521    
4522       Caution: when adjusting the voice limit, you SHOULD also adjust the
4523       disk stream limit respectively and vice versa.
4524    
4525    6.6.10.  Getting global disk stream limit
4526    
4527       The client can ask for the current global sampler-wide limit for
4528       maximum disk streams by sending the following command:
4529    
4530    
4531    
4532    
4533    
4534    
4535    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 81]
4536    
4537    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
4538    
4539    
4540          GET STREAMS
4541    
4542       Possible Answers:
4543    
4544          LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number for the current
4545          limit of maximum disk streams.
4546    
4547       The disk stream limit setting defines how many disk streams should
4548       maximum be processed by a sampler engine at the same time.  The
4549       higher this value, the more memory (RAM) will be occupied, since
4550       every disk streams allocates a certain buffer size for being able to
4551       perform its streaming operations.
4552    
4553    6.6.11.  Setting global disk stream limit
4554    
4555       The client can alter the current global sampler-wide limit for
4556       maximum disk streams by sending the following command:
4557    
4558          SET STREAMS <max-streams>
4559    
4560       Where <max-streams> should be replaced by the integer value,
4561       reflecting the new global amount limit of maximum disk streams.  This
4562       value has to be positive.
4563    
4564       Possible Answers:
4565    
4566          "OK" -
4567    
4568             on success
4569    
4570          "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
4571    
4572             if the disk stream limit was set, but there are noteworthy
4573             issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4574             warning message
4575    
4576          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4577    
4578             in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4579             error message
4580    
4581       Note: the given value will be passed to all sampler engine instances.
4582       The total amount of maximum disk streams on the running system might
4583       thus be as big as the given value multiplied by the current amount of
4584       engine instances.
4585    
4586       Caution: when adjusting the disk stream limit, you SHOULD also adjust
4587       the voice limit respectively and vice versa.
4588    
4589    
4590    
4591    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 82]
4592    
4593    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
4594    
4595    
4596    6.7.  MIDI Instrument Mapping
4597    
4598       The MIDI protocol provides a way to switch between instruments by
4599       sending so called MIDI bank select and MIDI program change messages
4600       which are essentially just numbers.  The following commands allow to
4601       actually map arbitrary MIDI bank select / program change numbers with
4602       real instruments.
4603    
4604       The sampler allows to manage an arbitrary amount of MIDI instrument
4605       maps which define which instrument to load on which MIDI program
4606       change message.
4607    
4608       By default, that is when the sampler is launched, there is no map,
4609       thus the sampler will simply ignore all program change messages.  The
4610       front-end has to explicitly create at least one map, add entries to
4611       the map and tell the respective sampler channel(s) which MIDI
4612       instrument map to use, so the sampler knows how to react on a given
4613       program change message on the respective sampler channel, that is by
4614       switching to the respectively defined engine type and loading the
4615       respective instrument.  See command "SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"
4616       (Section 6.4.24) for how to assign a MIDI instrument map to a sampler
4617       channel.
4618    
4619       Also note per MIDI specification a bank select message does not cause
4620       to switch to another instrument.  Instead when receiving a bank
4621       select message the bank value will be stored and a subsequent program
4622       change message (which may occur at any time) will finally cause the
4623       sampler to switch to the respective instrument as reflected by the
4624       current MIDI instrument map.
4625    
4626    6.7.1.  Create a new MIDI instrument map
4627    
4628       The front-end can add a new MIDI instrument map by sending the
4629       following command:
4630    
4631          ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP [<name>]
4632    
4633       Where <name> is an optional argument allowing to assign a custom name
4634       to the new map.  MIDI instrument Map names do not have to be unique,
4635       but MUST be encapsulated into apostrophes and support escape
4636       sequences as described in chapter "Character Set and Escape Sequences
4637       (Section 7.1)".
4638    
4639       Possible Answers:
4640    
4641          "OK[<map>]" -
4642    
4643    
4644    
4645    
4646    
4647    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 83]
4648    
4649    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
4650    
4651    
4652             in case a new MIDI instrument map could be added, where <map>
4653             reflects the unique ID of the newly created MIDI instrument map
4654    
4655          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4656    
4657             when a new map could not be created, which might never occur in
4658             practice
4659    
4660       Examples:
4661    
4662          C: "ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP 'Standard Map'"
4663    
4664          S: "OK[0]"
4665    
4666          C: "ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP 'Standard Drumkit'"
4667    
4668          S: "OK[1]"
4669    
4670          C: "ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"
4671    
4672          S: "OK[5]"
4673    
4674    6.7.2.  Delete one particular or all MIDI instrument maps
4675    
4676       The front-end can delete a particular MIDI instrument map by sending
4677       the following command:
4678    
4679          REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP <map>
4680    
4681       Where <map> reflects the unique ID of the map to delete as returned
4682       by the "LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS" (Section 6.7.4) command.
4683    
4684       The front-end can delete all MIDI instrument maps by sending the
4685       following command:
4686    
4687          REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP ALL
4688    
4689       Possible Answers:
4690    
4691          "OK" -
4692    
4693             in case the map(s) could be deleted
4694    
4695          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4696    
4697             when the given map does not exist
4698    
4699       Examples:
4700    
4701    
4702    
4703    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 84]
4704    
4705    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
4706    
4707    
4708          C: "REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP 0"
4709    
4710          S: "OK"
4711    
4712          C: "REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP ALL"
4713    
4714          S: "OK"
4715    
4716    6.7.3.  Get amount of existing MIDI instrument maps
4717    
4718       The front-end can retrieve the current amount of MIDI instrument maps
4719       by sending the following command:
4720    
4721          GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS
4722    
4723       Possible Answers:
4724    
4725          The sampler will answer by returning the current number of MIDI
4726          instrument maps.
4727    
4728       Example:
4729    
4730          C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"
4731    
4732          S: "2"
4733    
4734    6.7.4.  Getting all created MIDI instrument maps
4735    
4736       The number of MIDI instrument maps can change on runtime.  To get the
4737       current list of MIDI instrument maps, the front-end can send the
4738       following command:
4739    
4740          LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS
4741    
4742       Possible Answers:
4743    
4744          The sampler will answer by returning a comma separated list with
4745          all MIDI instrument maps' numerical IDs.
4746    
4747       Example:
4748    
4749          C: "LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"
4750    
4751          S: "0,1,5,12"
4752    
4753    
4754    
4755    
4756    
4757    
4758    
4759    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 85]
4760    
4761    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
4762    
4763    
4764    6.7.5.  Getting MIDI instrument map information
4765    
4766       The front-end can ask for the current settings of a MIDI instrument
4767       map by sending the following command:
4768    
4769          GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO <map>
4770    
4771       Where <map> is the numerical ID of the map the front-end is
4772       interested in as returned by the "LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"
4773       (Section 6.7.4) command.
4774    
4775       Possible Answers:
4776    
4777          LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list.  Each
4778          answer line begins with the settings category name followed by a
4779          colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
4780          character string to that setting category.  At the moment the
4781          following categories are defined:
4782    
4783    
4784    
4785             NAME -
4786    
4787                custom name of the given map, which does not have to be
4788                unique (note that this character string may contain escape
4789                sequences (Section 7.1))
4790    
4791             DEFAULT -
4792    
4793                either true or false, defines whether this map is the
4794                default map
4795    
4796       The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
4797    
4798       Example:
4799    
4800          C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO 0"
4801    
4802          S: "NAME: Standard Map"
4803    
4804             "DEFAULT: true"
4805    
4806             "."
4807    
4808    
4809    
4810    
4811    
4812    
4813    
4814    
4815    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 86]
4816    
4817    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
4818    
4819    
4820    6.7.6.  Renaming a MIDI instrument map
4821    
4822       The front-end can alter the custom name of a MIDI instrument map by
4823       sending the following command:
4824    
4825          SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME <map> <name>
4826    
4827       Where <map> is the numerical ID of the map and <name> the new custom
4828       name of the map, which does not have to be unique (name MUST be
4829       encapsulated into apostrophes and supports escape sequences as
4830       described in chapter "Character Set and Escape Sequences
4831       (Section 7.1)").
4832    
4833       Possible Answers:
4834    
4835          "OK" -
4836    
4837             on success
4838    
4839          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4840    
4841             in case the given map does not exist
4842    
4843       Example:
4844    
4845          C: "SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME 0 'Foo instruments'"
4846    
4847          S: "OK"
4848    
4849    6.7.7.  Create or replace a MIDI instrument map entry
4850    
4851       The front-end can create a new or replace an existing entry in a
4852       sampler's MIDI instrument map by sending the following command:
4853    
4854          MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT [NON_MODAL] <map> <midi_bank> <midi_prog>
4855          <engine_name> <filename> <instrument_index> <volume_value>
4856          [<instr_load_mode>] [<name>]
4857    
4858       Where <map> is the numeric ID of the map to alter, <midi_bank> is an
4859       integer value between 0..16383 reflecting the MIDI bank select index,
4860       <midi_prog> an integer value between 0..127 reflecting the MIDI
4861       program change index, <engine_name> a sampler engine name as returned
4862       by the "LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES" (Section 6.4.8) command (not
4863       encapsulated into apostrophes), <filename> the name of the
4864       instrument's file to be deployed (encapsulated into apostrophes,
4865       supporting escape sequences as described in chapter "Character Set
4866       and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)"), <instrument_index> the index
4867       (integer value) of the instrument within the given file,
4868    
4869    
4870    
4871    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 87]
4872    
4873    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
4874    
4875    
4876       <volume_value> reflects the master volume of the instrument as
4877       optionally dotted number (where a value < 1.0 means attenuation and a
4878       value > 1.0 means amplification).  This parameter easily allows to
4879       adjust the volume of all intruments within a custom instrument map
4880       without having to adjust their instrument files.  The OPTIONAL
4881       <instr_load_mode> argument defines the life time of the instrument,
4882       that is when the instrument should be loaded, when freed and has
4883       exactly the following possibilities:
4884    
4885          "ON_DEMAND" -
4886    
4887             The instrument will be loaded when needed, that is when
4888             demanded by at least one sampler channel.  It will immediately
4889             be freed from memory when not needed by any sampler channel
4890             anymore.
4891    
4892          "ON_DEMAND_HOLD" -
4893    
4894             The instrument will be loaded when needed, that is when
4895             demanded by at least one sampler channel.  It will be kept in
4896             memory even when not needed by any sampler channel anymore.
4897             Instruments with this mode are only freed when the sampler is
4898             reset or all mapping entries with this mode (and respective
4899             instrument) are explicitly changed to "ON_DEMAND" and no
4900             sampler channel is using the instrument anymore.
4901    
4902          "PERSISTENT" -
4903    
4904             The instrument will immediately be loaded into memory when this
4905             mapping command is sent and the instrument is kept all the
4906             time.  Instruments with this mode are only freed when the
4907             sampler is reset or all mapping entries with this mode (and
4908             respective instrument) are explicitly changed to "ON_DEMAND"
4909             and no sampler channel is using the instrument anymore.
4910    
4911          not supplied -
4912    
4913             In case there is no <instr_load_mode> argument given, it will
4914             be up to the InstrumentManager to decide which mode to use.
4915             Usually it will use "ON_DEMAND" if an entry for the given
4916             instrument does not exist in the InstrumentManager's list yet,
4917             otherwise if an entry already exists, it will simply stick with
4918             the mode currently reflected by the already existing entry,
4919             that is it will not change the mode.
4920    
4921       The <instr_load_mode> argument thus allows to define an appropriate
4922       strategy (low memory consumption vs. fast instrument switching) for
4923       each instrument individually.  Note, the following restrictions apply
4924    
4925    
4926    
4927    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 88]
4928    
4929    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
4930    
4931    
4932       to this argument: "ON_DEMAND_HOLD" and "PERSISTENT" have to be
4933       supported by the respective sampler engine (which is technically the
4934       case when the engine provides an InstrumentManager for its format).
4935       If this is not the case the argument will automatically fall back to
4936       the default value "ON_DEMAND".  Also the load mode of one instrument
4937       may automatically change the laod mode of other instrument(s), i.e.
4938       because the instruments are part of the same file and the engine does
4939       not allow a way to manage load modes for them individually.  Due to
4940       this, in case the frontend shows the load modes of entries, the
4941       frontend should retrieve the actual mode by i.e. sending "GET
4942       MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO" (Section 6.7.11) command(s).  Finally the
4943       OPTIONAL <name> argument allows to set a custom name (encapsulated
4944       into apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
4945       "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)") for the mapping
4946       entry, useful for frontends for displaying an appropriate name for
4947       mapped instruments (using "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO"
4948       (Section 6.7.11)).
4949    
4950       By default, "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT" commands block until the mapping is
4951       completely established in the sampler.  The OPTIONAL "NON_MODAL"
4952       argument however causes the respective "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT" command
4953       to return immediately, that is to let the sampler establish the
4954       mapping in the background.  So this argument might be especially
4955       useful for mappings with a "PERSISTENT" type, because these have to
4956       load the respective instruments immediately and might thus block for
4957       a very long time.  It is recommended however to use the OPTIONAL
4958       "NON_MODAL" argument only if really necessary, because it has the
4959       following drawbacks: as "NON_MODAL" instructions return immediately,
4960       they may not necessarily return an error i.e. when the given
4961       instrument file turns out to be corrupt, beside that subsequent
4962       commands in a LSCP instruction sequence might fail, because mandatory
4963       mappings are not yet completed.
4964    
4965       Possible Answers:
4966    
4967          "OK" -
4968    
4969             usually
4970    
4971          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4972    
4973             when the given map or engine does not exist or a value is out
4974             of range
4975    
4976       Examples:
4977    
4978    
4979    
4980    
4981    
4982    
4983    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 89]
4984    
4985    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
4986    
4987    
4988          C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 3 0 gig '/usr/share/Steinway D.gig' 0
4989          0.8 PERSISTENT"
4990    
4991          S: "OK"
4992    
4993          C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 4 50 gig '/home/john/foostrings.gig' 7
4994          1.0"
4995    
4996          S: "OK"
4997    
4998          C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 0 0 gig '/usr/share/piano.gig' 0 1.0
4999          'Normal Piano'"
5000    
5001          S: "OK"
5002    
5003          C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 1 0 gig '/usr/share/piano.gig' 0 0.25
5004          'Silent Piano'"
5005    
5006          S: "OK"
5007    
5008          C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT NON_MODAL 1 8 120 gig '/home/joe/
5009          foodrums.gig' 0 1.0 PERSISTENT 'Foo Drumkit'"
5010    
5011          S: "OK"
5012    
5013    6.7.8.  Getting ammount of MIDI instrument map entries
5014    
5015       The front-end can query the amount of currently existing entries in a
5016       MIDI instrument map by sending the following command:
5017    
5018          GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS <map>
5019    
5020       The front-end can query the amount of currently existing entries in
5021       all MIDI instrument maps by sending the following command:
5022    
5023          GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL
5024    
5025       Possible Answers:
5026    
5027          The sampler will answer by sending the current number of entries
5028          in the MIDI instrument map(s).
5029    
5030       Example:
5031    
5032          C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS 0"
5033    
5034          S: "234"
5035    
5036    
5037    
5038    
5039    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 90]
5040    
5041    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
5042    
5043    
5044          C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL"
5045    
5046          S: "954"
5047    
5048    6.7.9.  Getting indeces of all entries of a MIDI instrument map
5049    
5050       The front-end can query a list of all currently existing entries in a
5051       certain MIDI instrument map by sending the following command:
5052    
5053          LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS <map>
5054    
5055       Where <map> is the numeric ID of the MIDI instrument map.
5056    
5057       The front-end can query a list of all currently existing entries of
5058       all MIDI instrument maps by sending the following command:
5059    
5060          LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL
5061    
5062       Possible Answers:
5063    
5064          The sampler will answer by sending a comma separated list of map
5065          ID - MIDI bank - MIDI program triples, where each triple is
5066          encapsulated into curly braces.  The list is returned in one
5067          single line.  Each triple just reflects the key of the respective
5068          map entry, thus subsequent "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO"
5069          (Section 6.7.11) command(s) are necessary to retrieve detailed
5070          informations about each entry.
5071    
5072       Example:
5073    
5074          C: "LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS 0"
5075    
5076          S: "{0,0,0},{0,0,1},{0,0,3},{0,1,4},{1,127,127}"
5077    
5078    6.7.10.  Remove an entry from the MIDI instrument map
5079    
5080       The front-end can delete an entry from a MIDI instrument map by
5081       sending the following command:
5082    
5083          UNMAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT <map> <midi_bank> <midi_prog>
5084    
5085       Where <map> is the numeric ID of the MIDI instrument map, <midi_bank>
5086       is an integer value between 0..16383 reflecting the MIDI bank value
5087       and <midi_prog> an integer value between 0..127 reflecting the MIDI
5088       program value of the map's entrie's key index triple.
5089    
5090       Possible Answers:
5091    
5092    
5093    
5094    
5095    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 91]
5096    
5097    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
5098    
5099    
5100          "OK" -
5101    
5102             usually
5103    
5104          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5105    
5106             when index out of bounds
5107    
5108       Example:
5109    
5110          C: "UNMAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 2 127"
5111    
5112          S: "OK"
5113    
5114    6.7.11.  Get current settings of MIDI instrument map entry
5115    
5116       The front-end can retrieve the current settings of a certain
5117       instrument map entry by sending the following command:
5118    
5119          GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO <map> <midi_bank> <midi_prog>
5120    
5121       Where <map> is the numeric ID of the MIDI instrument map, <midi_bank>
5122       is an integer value between 0..16383 reflecting the MIDI bank value,
5123       <midi_bank> and <midi_prog> an integer value between 0..127
5124       reflecting the MIDI program value of the map's entrie's key index
5125       triple.
5126    
5127       Possible Answers:
5128    
5129          LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list.  Each
5130          answer line begins with the information category name followed by
5131          a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
5132          character string to that info category.  At the moment the
5133          following categories are defined:
5134    
5135          "NAME" -
5136    
5137             Name for this MIDI instrument map entry (if defined).  This
5138             name shall be used by frontends for displaying a name for this
5139             mapped instrument.  It can be set and changed with the "MAP
5140             MIDI_INSTRUMENT" (Section 6.7.7) command and does not have to
5141             be unique. (note that this character string may contain escape
5142             sequences (Section 7.1))
5143    
5144          "ENGINE_NAME" -
5145    
5146             Name of the engine to be deployed for this instrument.
5147    
5148    
5149    
5150    
5151    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 92]
5152    
5153    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
5154    
5155    
5156          "INSTRUMENT_FILE" -
5157    
5158             File name of the instrument (note that this path may contain
5159             escape sequences (Section 7.1)).
5160    
5161          "INSTRUMENT_NR" -
5162    
5163             Index of the instrument within the file.
5164    
5165          "INSTRUMENT_NAME" -
5166    
5167             Name of the loaded instrument as reflected by its file.  In
5168             contrast to the "NAME" field, the "INSTRUMENT_NAME" field
5169             cannot be changed (note that this character string may contain
5170             escape sequences (Section 7.1)).
5171    
5172          "LOAD_MODE" -
5173    
5174             Life time of instrument (see "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT"
5175             (Section 6.7.7) for details about this setting).
5176    
5177          "VOLUME" -
5178    
5179             master volume of the instrument as optionally dotted number
5180             (where a value < 1.0 means attenuation and a value > 1.0 means
5181             amplification)
5182    
5183          The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
5184    
5185       Example:
5186    
5187          C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO 1 45 120"
5188    
5189          S: "NAME: Drums for Foo Song"
5190    
5191             "ENGINE_NAME: GigEngine"
5192    
5193             "INSTRUMENT_FILE: /usr/share/joesdrumkit.gig"
5194    
5195             "INSTRUMENT_NR: 0"
5196    
5197             "INSTRUMENT_NAME: Joe's Drumkit"
5198    
5199             "LOAD_MODE: PERSISTENT"
5200    
5201             "VOLUME: 1.0"
5202    
5203    
5204    
5205    
5206    
5207    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 93]
5208    
5209    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
5210    
5211    
5212             "."
5213    
5214    6.7.12.  Clear MIDI instrument map
5215    
5216       The front-end can clear a whole MIDI instrument map, that is delete
5217       all its entries by sending the following command:
5218    
5219          CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS <map>
5220    
5221       Where <map> is the numeric ID of the map to clear.
5222    
5223       The front-end can clear all MIDI instrument maps, that is delete all
5224       entries of all maps by sending the following command:
5225    
5226          CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL
5227    
5228       The command "CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL" does not delete the maps,
5229       only their entries, thus the map's settings like custom name will be
5230       preservevd.
5231    
5232       Possible Answers:
5233    
5234          "OK" -
5235    
5236             always
5237    
5238       Examples:
5239    
5240          C: "CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS 0"
5241    
5242          S: "OK"
5243    
5244          C: "CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL"
5245    
5246          S: "OK"
5247    
5248    6.8.  Managing Instruments Database
5249    
5250       The following commands describe how to use and manage the instruments
5251       database.
5252    
5253       Notice:
5254    
5255          All command arguments representing a path or instrument/directory
5256          name support escape sequences as described in chapter "Character
5257          Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)".
5258    
5259    
5260    
5261    
5262    
5263    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 94]
5264    
5265    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
5266    
5267    
5268          All occurrences of a forward slash in instrument and directory
5269          names are escaped with its hex (\x2f) or octal (\057) escape
5270          sequence.
5271    
5272    6.8.1.  Creating a new instrument directory
5273    
5274       The front-end can add a new instrument directory to the instruments
5275       database by sending the following command:
5276    
5277          ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY <dir>
5278    
5279       Where <dir> is the absolute path name of the directory to be created
5280       (encapsulated into apostrophes).
5281    
5282       Possible Answers:
5283    
5284          "OK" -
5285    
5286             on success
5287    
5288          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5289    
5290             when the directory could not be created, which can happen if
5291             the directory already exists or the name contains not allowed
5292             symbols
5293    
5294       Examples:
5295    
5296          C: "ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY '/Piano Collection'"
5297    
5298          S: "OK"
5299    
5300    6.8.2.  Deleting an instrument directory
5301    
5302       The front-end can delete a particular instrument directory from the
5303       instruments database by sending the following command:
5304    
5305          REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY [FORCE] <dir>
5306    
5307       Where <dir> is the absolute path name of the directory to delete.
5308       The optional FORCE argument can be used to force the deletion of a
5309       non-empty directory and all its content.
5310    
5311       Possible Answers:
5312    
5313          "OK" -
5314    
5315    
5316    
5317    
5318    
5319    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 95]
5320    
5321    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
5322    
5323    
5324             if the directory is deleted successfully
5325    
5326          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5327    
5328             if the given directory does not exist, or if trying to delete a
5329             non-empty directory, without using the FORCE argument.
5330    
5331       Examples:
5332    
5333          C: "REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY FORCE '/Piano Collection'"
5334    
5335          S: "OK"
5336    
5337    6.8.3.  Getting amount of instrument directories
5338    
5339       The front-end can retrieve the current amount of directories in a
5340       specific directory by sending the following command:
5341    
5342          GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES [RECURSIVE] <dir>
5343    
5344       Where <dir> should be replaced by the absolute path name of the
5345       directory.  If RECURSIVE is specified, the number of all directories,
5346       including those located in subdirectories of the specified directory,
5347       will be returned.
5348    
5349       Possible Answers:
5350    
5351          The current number of instrument directories in the specified
5352          directory.
5353    
5354          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5355    
5356             if the given directory does not exist.
5357    
5358       Example:
5359    
5360          C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES '/'"
5361    
5362          S: "2"
5363    
5364    6.8.4.  Listing all directories in specific directory
5365    
5366       The front-end can retrieve the current list of directories in
5367       specific directory by sending the following command:
5368    
5369          LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES [RECURSIVE] <dir>
5370    
5371       Where <dir> should be replaced by the absolute path name of the
5372    
5373    
5374    
5375    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 96]
5376    
5377    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
5378    
5379    
5380       directory.  If RECURSIVE is specified, the absolute path names of all
5381       directories, including those located in subdirectories of the
5382       specified directory, will be returned.
5383    
5384       Possible Answers:
5385    
5386          A comma separated list of all instrument directories (encapsulated
5387          into apostrophes) in the specified directory.
5388    
5389          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5390    
5391             if the given directory does not exist.
5392    
5393       Example:
5394    
5395          C: "LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES '/'"
5396    
5397          S: "'Piano Collection','Percussion Collection'"
5398    
5399          C: "LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES RECURSIVE '/'"
5400    
5401          S: "'/Piano Collection','/Piano Collection/Acoustic','/Piano
5402          Collection/Acoustic/New','/Percussion Collection'"
5403    
5404    6.8.5.  Getting instrument directory information
5405    
5406       The front-end can ask for the current settings of an instrument
5407       directory by sending the following command:
5408    
5409          GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO <dir>
5410    
5411       Where <dir> should be replaced by the absolute path name of the
5412       directory the front-end is interested in.
5413    
5414       Possible Answers:
5415    
5416          LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list.  Each
5417          answer line begins with the settings category name followed by a
5418          colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
5419          character string to that setting category.  At the moment the
5420          following categories are defined:
5421    
5422    
5423    
5424             DESCRIPTION -
5425    
5426                A brief description of the directory content.  Note that the
5427                character string may contain escape sequences (Section 7.1).
5428    
5429    
5430    
5431    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 97]
5432    
5433    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
5434    
5435    
5436             CREATED -
5437    
5438                The creation date and time of the directory, represented in
5439                "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format
5440    
5441             MODIFIED -
5442    
5443                The date and time of the last modification of the directory,
5444                represented in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format
5445    
5446       The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
5447    
5448       Example:
5449    
5450          C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO '/Piano Collection'"
5451    
5452          S: "DESCRIPTION: Piano collection of instruments in GigaSampler
5453          format."
5454    
5455             "CREATED: 2007-02-05 10:23:12"
5456    
5457             "MODIFIED: 2007-04-07 12:50:21"
5458    
5459             "."
5460    
5461    6.8.6.  Renaming an instrument directory
5462    
5463       The front-end can alter the name of a specific instrument directory
5464       by sending the following command:
5465    
5466          SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME <dir> <name>
5467    
5468       Where <dir> is the absolute path name of the directory and <name> is
5469       the new name for that directory.
5470    
5471       Possible Answers:
5472    
5473          "OK" -
5474    
5475             on success
5476    
5477          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5478    
5479             in case the given directory does not exists, or if a directory
5480             with name equal to the new name already exists.
5481    
5482       Example:
5483    
5484    
5485    
5486    
5487    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 98]
5488    
5489    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
5490    
5491    
5492          C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME '/Piano Collection/Acustic'
5493          'Acoustic'"
5494    
5495          S: "OK"
5496    
5497    6.8.7.  Moving an instrument directory
5498    
5499       The front-end can move a specific instrument directory by sending the
5500       following command:
5501    
5502          MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY <dir> <dst>
5503    
5504       Where <dir> is the absolute path name of the directory to move and
5505       <dst> is the location where the directory will be moved to.
5506    
5507       Possible Answers:
5508    
5509          "OK" -
5510    
5511             on success
5512    
5513          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5514    
5515             in case a given directory does not exists, or if a directory
5516             with name equal to the name of the specified directory already
5517             exists in the destination directory.  Error is also thrown when
5518             trying to move a directory to a subdirectory of itself.
5519    
5520       Example:
5521    
5522          C: "MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY '/Acoustic' '/Piano Collection/
5523          Acoustic'"
5524    
5525          S: "OK"
5526    
5527    6.8.8.  Copying instrument directories
5528    
5529       The front-end can copy a specific instrument directory by sending the
5530       following command:
5531    
5532          COPY DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY <dir> <dst>
5533    
5534       Where <dir> is the absolute path name of the directory to copy and
5535       <dst> is the location where the directory will be copied to.
5536    
5537       Possible Answers:
5538    
5539    
5540    
5541    
5542    
5543    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011                [Page 99]
5544    
5545    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
5546    
5547    
5548          "OK" -
5549    
5550             on success
5551    
5552          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5553    
5554             in case a given directory does not exists, or if a directory
5555             with name equal to the name of the specified directory already
5556             exists in the destination directory.  Error is also thrown when
5557             trying to copy a directory to a subdirectory of itself.
5558    
5559       Example:
5560    
5561          C: "COPY DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY '/Piano Collection/Acoustic'
5562          '/Acoustic/Pianos'"
5563    
5564          S: "OK"
5565    
5566    6.8.9.  Changing the description of directory
5567    
5568       The front-end can alter the description of a specific instrument
5569       directory by sending the following command:
5570    
5571          SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION <dir> <desc>
5572    
5573       Where <dir> is the absolute path name of the directory and <desc> is
5574       the new description for the directory (encapsulated into apostrophes,
5575       supporting escape sequences as described in chapter "Character Set
5576       and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
5577    
5578       Possible Answers:
5579    
5580          "OK" -
5581    
5582             on success
5583    
5584          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5585    
5586             in case the given directory does not exists.
5587    
5588       Example:
5589    
5590          C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION '/Piano Collection' 'A
5591          collection of piano instruments in various format.'"
5592    
5593          S: "OK"
5594    
5595    
5596    
5597    
5598    
5599    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 100]
5600    
5601    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
5602    
5603    
5604    6.8.10.  Finding directories
5605    
5606       The front-end can search for directories in specific directory by
5607       sending the following command:
5608    
5609          FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES [NON_RECURSIVE] <dir> <criteria-
5610          list>
5611    
5612       Where <dir> should be replaced by the absolute path name of the
5613       directory to search in.  If NON_RECURSIVE is specified, the
5614       directories located in subdirectories of the specified directory will
5615       not be searched. <criteria-list> is a list of search criterias in
5616       form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...".  The following criterias are
5617       allowed:
5618    
5619       NAME='<search-string>'
5620    
5621          Restricts the search to directories, which names satisfy the
5622          supplied search string (encapsulated into apostrophes, supporting
5623          escape sequences as described in chapter "Character Set and Escape
5624          Sequences (Section 7.1)").
5625    
5626       CREATED='[<date-after>]..[<date-before>]'
5627    
5628          Restricts the search to directories, which creation date satisfies
5629          the specified period, where <date-after> and <date-before> are in
5630          "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format.  If <date-after> is omitted the
5631          search is restricted to directories created before <date-before>.
5632          If <date-before> is omitted, the search is restricted to
5633          directories created after <date-after>.
5634    
5635       MODIFIED='[<date-after>]..[<date-before>]'
5636    
5637          Restricts the search to directories, which date of last
5638          modification satisfies the specified period, where <date-after>
5639          and <date-before> are in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format.  If <date-
5640          after> is omitted the search is restricted to directories, which
5641          are last modified before <date-before>.  If <date-before> is
5642          omitted, the search is restricted to directories, which are last
5643          modified after <date-after>.
5644    
5645       DESCRIPTION='<search-string>'
5646    
5647          Restricts the search to directories with description that
5648          satisfies the supplied search string (encapsulated into
5649          apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
5650          "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
5651    
5652    
5653    
5654    
5655    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 101]
5656    
5657    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
5658    
5659    
5660       Where <search-string> is either a regular expression, or a word list
5661       separated with spaces for OR search and with '+' for AND search.
5662    
5663       Possible Answers:
5664    
5665          A comma separated list with the absolute path names (encapsulated
5666          into apostrophes) of all directories in the specified directory
5667          that satisfy the supplied search criterias.
5668    
5669          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5670    
5671             if the given directory does not exist.
5672    
5673       Example:
5674    
5675          C: "FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES '/' NAME='Piano'"
5676    
5677          S: "'/Piano Collection'"
5678    
5679          C: "FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES '/' CREATED='..2007-04-01 09:
5680          30:13'"
5681    
5682          S: "'/Piano Collection','/Percussions'"
5683    
5684    6.8.11.  Adding instruments to the instruments database
5685    
5686       The front-end can add one or more instruments to the instruments
5687       database by sending the following command:
5688    
5689          ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS [NON_MODAL] [<mode>[ FILE_AS_DIR]] <db_dir>
5690          <file_path> [<instr_index>]
5691    
5692       Where <db_dir> is the absolute path name of a directory (encapsulated
5693       into apostrophes) in the instruments database in which only the new
5694       instruments (that are not already in the database) will be added,
5695       <file_path> is the absolute path name of a file or directory in the
5696       file system (encapsulated into apostrophes).  In case an instrument
5697       file is supplied, only the instruments in the specified file will be
5698       added to the instruments database.  If the optional <instr_index>
5699       (the index of the instrument within the given file) is supplied too,
5700       then only the specified instrument will be added.  In case a
5701       directory is supplied, the instruments in that directory will be
5702       added.  The OPTIONAL <mode> argument is only applied when a directory
5703       is provided as <file_path> and specifies how the scanning will be
5704       done and has exactly the following possibilities:
5705    
5706    
5707    
5708    
5709    
5710    
5711    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 102]
5712    
5713    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
5714    
5715    
5716          "RECURSIVE" -
5717    
5718             All instruments will be processed, including those in the
5719             subdirectories, and the respective subdirectory tree structure
5720             will be recreated in the instruments database
5721    
5722          "NON_RECURSIVE" -
5723    
5724             Only the instruments in the specified directory will be added,
5725             the instruments in the subdirectories will not be processed.
5726    
5727          "FLAT" -
5728    
5729             All instruments will be processed, including those in the
5730             subdirectories, but the respective subdirectory structure will
5731             not be recreated in the instruments database.  All instruments
5732             will be added directly in the specified database directory.
5733    
5734       If FILE_AS_DIR argument is supplied, all instruments in an instrument
5735       file will be added to a separate directory in the instruments
5736       database, which name will be the name of the instrument file with the
5737       file extension stripped off.
5738    
5739       The difference between regular and NON_MODAL versions of the command
5740       is that the regular command returns when the scanning is finished
5741       while NON_MODAL version returns immediately and a background process
5742       is launched.  The GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO (Section 6.8.21)
5743       command can be used to monitor the scanning progress.
5744    
5745       Possible Answers:
5746    
5747          "OK" -
5748    
5749             on success when NON_MODAL is not supplied
5750    
5751          "OK[<job-id>]" -
5752    
5753             on success when NON_MODAL is supplied, where <job-id> is a
5754             numerical ID used to obtain status information about the job
5755             progress.  See GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO (Section 6.8.21)
5756    
5757          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5758    
5759             if an invalid path is specified.
5760    
5761       Examples:
5762    
5763    
5764    
5765    
5766    
5767    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 103]
5768    
5769    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
5770    
5771    
5772          C: "ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection' '/home/me/gigs/PMI
5773          Bosendorfer 290.gig' 0"
5774    
5775          S: "OK"
5776    
5777    6.8.12.  Removing an instrument
5778    
5779       The front-end can remove a particular instrument from the instruments
5780       database by sending the following command:
5781    
5782          REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT <instr_path>
5783    
5784       Where <instr_path> is the absolute path name (in the instruments
5785       database) of the instrument to remove.
5786    
5787       Possible Answers:
5788    
5789          "OK" -
5790    
5791             if the instrument is removed successfully
5792    
5793          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5794    
5795             if the given path does not exist or is a directory.
5796    
5797       Examples:
5798    
5799          C: "REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290'"
5800    
5801          S: "OK"
5802    
5803    6.8.13.  Getting amount of instruments
5804    
5805  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 63]     The front-end can retrieve the current amount of instruments in a
5806       specific directory by sending the following command:
5807    
5808  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005        GET DB_INSTRUMENTS [RECURSIVE] <dir>
5809    
5810       Where <dir> should be replaced by the absolute path name of the
5811       directory.  If RECURSIVE is specified, the number of all instruments,
5812       including those located in subdirectories of the specified directory,
5813       will be returned.
5814    
5815       Possible Answers:
5816    
5817          The current number of instruments in the specified directory.
5818    
5819    
5820    
5821    
5822    
5823    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 104]
5824    
5825    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
5826    
5827    
5828          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5829    
5830             if the given directory does not exist.
5831    
5832       Example:
5833    
5834          C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection'"
5835    
5836          S: "2"
5837    
5838    6.8.14.  Listing all instruments in specific directory
5839    
5840       The front-end can retrieve the current list of instruments in
5841       specific directory by sending the following command:
5842    
5843          LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS [RECURSIVE] <dir>
5844    
5845       Where <dir> should be replaced by the absolute path name of the
5846       directory.  If RECURSIVE is specified, the absolute path names of all
5847       instruments, including those located in subdirectories of the
5848       specified directory, will be returned.
5849    
5850       Possible Answers:
5851    
5852          A comma separated list of all instruments (encapsulated into
5853          apostrophes) in the specified directory.
5854    
5855          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5856    
5857             if the given directory does not exist.
5858    
5859       Example:
5860    
5861          C: "LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection'"
5862    
5863          S: "'Bosendorfer 290','Steinway D'"
5864    
5865          C: "LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS RECURSIVE '/Piano Collection'"
5866    
5867          S: "'/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290','/Piano Collection/
5868          Steinway D','/Piano Collection/Lite/Free Piano'"
5869    
5870    6.8.15.  Getting instrument information
5871    
5872       The front-end can ask for the current settings of an instrument by
5873       sending the following command:
5874    
5875    
5876    
5877    
5878    
5879    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 105]
5880    
5881    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
5882    
5883    
5884          GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO <instr_path>
5885    
5886       Where <instr_path> should be replaced by the absolute path name of
5887       the instrument the front-end is interested in.
5888    
5889       Possible Answers:
5890    
5891          LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list.  Each
5892          answer line begins with the settings category name followed by a
5893          colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
5894          character string to that setting category.  At the moment the
5895          following categories are defined:
5896    
5897    
5898    
5899             INSTRUMENT_FILE -
5900    
5901                File name of the instrument.  Note that the character string
5902                may contain escape sequences (Section 7.1).
5903    
5904             INSTRUMENT_NR -
5905    
5906                Index of the instrument within the file.
5907    
5908             FORMAT_FAMILY -
5909    
5910                The format family of the instrument.
5911    
5912             FORMAT_VERSION -
5913    
5914                The format version of the instrument.
5915    
5916             SIZE -
5917    
5918                The size of the instrument in bytes.
5919    
5920             CREATED -
5921    
5922                The date and time when the instrument is added in the
5923                instruments database, represented in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS"
5924                format
5925    
5926             MODIFIED -
5927    
5928                The date and time of the last modification of the
5929                instrument's database settings, represented in "YYYY-MM-DD
5930                HH:MM:SS" format
5931    
5932    
5933    
5934    
5935    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 106]
5936    
5937    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
5938    
5939    
5940             DESCRIPTION -
5941    
5942                A brief description of the instrument.  Note that the
5943                character string may contain escape sequences (Section 7.1).
5944    
5945             IS_DRUM -
5946    
5947                either true or false, determines whether the instrument is a
5948                drumkit or a chromatic instrument
5949    
5950             PRODUCT -
5951    
5952                The product title of the instrument.  Note that the
5953                character string may contain escape sequences (Section 7.1).
5954    
5955             ARTISTS -
5956    
5957                Lists the artist names.  Note that the character string may
5958                contain escape sequences (Section 7.1).
5959    
5960             KEYWORDS -
5961    
5962                Provides a list of keywords that refer to the instrument.
5963                Keywords are separated with semicolon and blank.  Note that
5964                the character string may contain escape sequences
5965                (Section 7.1).
5966    
5967       The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
5968    
5969       Example:
5970    
5971          C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290'"
5972    
5973          S: "INSTRUMENT_FILE: /home/me/gigs/Bosendorfer 290.gig"
5974    
5975             "INSTRUMENT_NR: 0"
5976    
5977             "FORMAT_FAMILY: GIG"
5978    
5979             "FORMAT_VERSION: 2"
5980    
5981             "SIZE: 2050871870"
5982    
5983             "CREATED: 2007-02-05 10:23:12"
5984    
5985             "MODIFIED: 2007-04-07 12:50:21"
5986    
5987    
5988    
5989    
5990    
5991    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 107]
5992    
5993    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
5994    
5995    
5996             "DESCRIPTION: "
5997    
5998             "IS_DRUM: false"
5999    
6000             "PRODUCT: GRANDIOSO Bosendorfer 290"
6001    
6002             "ARTISTS: Post Musical Instruments"
6003    
6004             "KEYWORDS: Bosendorfer"
6005    
6006             "."
6007    
6008    6.8.16.  Renaming an instrument
6009    
6010       The front-end can alter the name of a specific instrument by sending
6011       the following command:
6012    
6013          SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME <instr> <name>
6014    
6015       Where <instr> is the absolute path name of the instrument and <name>
6016       is the new name for that instrument.
6017    
6018       Possible Answers:
6019    
6020          "OK" -
6021    
6022             on success
6023    
6024          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6025    
6026             in case the given instrument does not exists, or if an
6027             instrument with name equal to the new name already exists.
6028    
6029       Example:
6030    
6031          C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer'
6032          'Bosendorfer 290'"
6033    
6034          S: "OK"
6035    
6036    6.8.17.  Moving an instrument
6037    
6038       The front-end can move a specific instrument to another directory by
6039       sending the following command:
6040    
6041          MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT <instr> <dst>
6042    
6043       Where <instr> is the absolute path name of the instrument to move and
6044    
6045    
6046    
6047    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 108]
6048    
6049    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
6050    
6051    
6052       <dst> is the directory where the instrument will be moved to.
6053    
6054       Possible Answers:
6055    
6056          "OK" -
6057    
6058             on success
6059    
6060          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6061    
6062             in case the given instrument does not exists, or if an
6063             instrument with name equal to the name of the specified
6064             instrument already exists in the destination directory.
6065    
6066       Example:
6067    
6068          C: "MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290' '/Piano
6069          Collection/Acoustic'"
6070    
6071          S: "OK"
6072    
6073    6.8.18.  Copying instruments
6074    
6075       The front-end can copy a specific instrument to another directory by
6076       sending the following command:
6077    
6078          COPY DB_INSTRUMENT <instr> <dst>
6079    
6080       Where <instr> is the absolute path name of the instrument to copy and
6081       <dst> is the directory where the instrument will be copied to.
6082    
6083       Possible Answers:
6084    
6085          "OK" -
6086    
6087             on success
6088    
6089          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6090    
6091             in case the given instrument does not exists, or if an
6092             instrument with name equal to the name of the specified
6093             instrument already exists in the destination directory.
6094    
6095       Example:
6096    
6097          C: "COPY DB_INSTRUMENT '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290'
6098          '/Acoustic/Pianos/'"
6099    
6100    
6101    
6102    
6103    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 109]
6104    
6105    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
6106    
6107    
6108          S: "OK"
6109    
6110    6.8.19.  Changing the description of instrument
6111    
6112       The front-end can alter the description of a specific instrument by
6113       sending the following command:
6114    
6115          SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION <instr> <desc>
6116    
6117       Where <instr> is the absolute path name of the instrument and <desc>
6118       is the new description for the instrument (encapsulated into
6119       apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6120       "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
6121    
6122       Possible Answers:
6123    
6124          "OK" -
6125    
6126             on success
6127    
6128          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6129    
6130             in case the given instrument does not exists.
6131    
6132       Example:
6133    
6134          C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION '/Piano Collection/Acoustic/
6135          Bosendorfer 290' 'No comment :)'"
6136    
6137          S: "OK"
6138    
6139    6.8.20.  Finding instruments
6140    
6141       The front-end can search for instruments in specific directory by
6142       sending the following command:
6143    
6144          FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS [NON_RECURSIVE] <dir> <criteria-list>
6145    
6146       Where <dir> should be replaced by the absolute path name of the
6147       directory to search in.  If NON_RECURSIVE is specified, the
6148       directories located in subdirectories of the specified directory will
6149       not be searched. <criteria-list> is a list of search criterias in
6150       form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...".  The following criterias are
6151       allowed:
6152    
6153       NAME='<search-string>'
6154    
6155    
6156    
6157    
6158    
6159    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 110]
6160    
6161    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
6162    
6163    
6164          Restricts the search to instruments, which names satisfy the
6165          supplied search string (encapsulated into apostrophes, supporting
6166          escape sequences as described in chapter "Character Set and Escape
6167          Sequences (Section 7.1)").
6168    
6169       SIZE=[<min>]..[<max>]
6170    
6171          Restricts the search to instruments, which size is in the
6172          specified range.  If <min> is omitted, the search results are
6173          restricted to instruments with size less then or equal to <max>.
6174          If <max> is omitted, the search is restricted to instruments with
6175          size greater then or equal to <min>.
6176    
6177       CREATED='[<date-after>]..[<date-before>]'
6178    
6179          Restricts the search to instruments, which creation date satisfies
6180          the specified period, where <date-after> and <date-before> are in
6181          "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format.  If <date-after> is omitted the
6182          search is restricted to instruments created before <date-before>.
6183          If <date-before> is omitted, the search is restricted to
6184          instruments created after <date-after>.
6185    
6186       MODIFIED='[<date-after>]..[<date-before>]'
6187    
6188          Restricts the search to instruments, which date of last
6189          modification satisfies the specified period, where <date-after>
6190          and <date-before> are in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format.  If <date-
6191          after> is omitted the search is restricted to instruments, which
6192          are last modified before <date-before>.  If <date-before> is
6193          omitted, the search is restricted to instruments, which are last
6194          modified after <date-after>.
6195    
6196       DESCRIPTION='<search-string>'
6197    
6198          Restricts the search to instruments with description that
6199          satisfies the supplied search string (encapsulated into
6200          apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6201          "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
6202    
6203       PRODUCT='<search-string>'
6204    
6205          Restricts the search to instruments with product info that
6206          satisfies the supplied search string (encapsulated into
6207          apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6208          "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
6209    
6210       ARTISTS='<search-string>'
6211    
6212    
6213    
6214    
6215    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 111]
6216    
6217    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
6218    
6219    
6220          Restricts the search to instruments with artists info that
6221          satisfies the supplied search string (encapsulated into
6222          apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6223          "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
6224    
6225       KEYWORDS='<search-string>'
6226    
6227          Restricts the search to instruments with keyword list that
6228          satisfies the supplied search string (encapsulated into
6229          apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6230          "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
6231    
6232       IS_DRUM=true | false
6233    
6234          Either true or false.  Restricts the search to drum kits or
6235          chromatic instruments.
6236    
6237       FORMAT_FAMILIES='<format-list>'
6238    
6239          Restricts the search to instruments of the supplied format
6240          families, where <format-list> is a comma separated list of format
6241          families.
6242    
6243       Where <search-string> is either a regular expression, or a word list
6244       separated with spaces for OR search and with '+' for AND search.
6245    
6246       Possible Answers:
6247    
6248          A comma separated list with the absolute path names (encapsulated
6249          into apostrophes) of all instruments in the specified directory
6250          that satisfy the supplied search criterias.
6251    
6252          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6253    
6254             if the given directory does not exist.
6255    
6256       Example:
6257    
6258          C: "FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection' NAME='bosendorfer+
6259          290'"
6260    
6261          S: "'/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290'"
6262    
6263          C: "FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection' CREATED='2007-04-01
6264          09:30:13..'"
6265    
6266          S: "'/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290','/Piano Collection/
6267          Steinway D'"
6268    
6269    
6270    
6271    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 112]
6272    
6273    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
6274    
6275    
6276    6.8.21.  Getting job status information
6277    
6278       The front-end can ask for the current status of a particular database
6279       instruments job by sending the following command:
6280    
6281          GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO <job-id>
6282    
6283       Where <job-id> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the job the
6284       front-end is interested in.
6285    
6286       Possible Answers:
6287    
6288          LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list.  Each
6289          answer line begins with the settings category name followed by a
6290          colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
6291          character string to that setting category.  At the moment the
6292          following categories are defined:
6293    
6294    
6295    
6296             FILES_TOTAL -
6297    
6298                The total number of files scheduled for scanning
6299    
6300             FILES_SCANNED -
6301    
6302                The current number of scanned files
6303    
6304             SCANNING -
6305    
6306                The absolute path name of the file which is currently being
6307                scanned
6308    
6309             STATUS -
6310    
6311                An integer value between 0 and 100 indicating the scanning
6312                progress percentage of the file which is currently being
6313                scanned
6314    
6315       The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
6316    
6317       Example:
6318    
6319          C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO 2"
6320    
6321          S: "FILES_TOTAL: 12"
6322    
6323    
6324    
6325    
6326    
6327    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 113]
6328    
6329    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
6330    
6331    
6332             "FILES_SCANNED: 7"
6333    
6334             "SCANNING: /home/me/gigs/Bosendorfer 290.gig"
6335    
6336             "STATUS: 42"
6337    
6338             "."
6339    
6340    6.8.22.  Formatting the instruments database
6341    
6342       The front-end can remove all instruments and directories and re-
6343       create the instruments database structure (e.g., in case of a
6344       database corruption) by sending the following command:
6345    
6346          FORMAT INSTRUMENTS_DB
6347    
6348       Possible Answers:
6349    
6350          "OK" -
6351    
6352             on success
6353    
6354          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6355    
6356             If the formatting of the instruments database failed.
6357    
6358    6.8.23.  Checking for lost instrument files
6359    
6360       The front-end can retrieve the list of all instrument files in the
6361       instruments database that don't exist in the filesystem by sending
6362       the following command:
6363    
6364          FIND LOST DB_INSTRUMENT_FILES
6365    
6366       Possible Answers:
6367    
6368          A comma separated list with the absolute path names (encapsulated
6369          into apostrophes) of all lost instrument files.
6370    
6371          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6372    
6373             in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
6374             error message.
6375    
6376       Example:
6377    
6378    
6379    
6380    
6381    
6382    
6383    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 114]
6384    
6385    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
6386    
6387    
6388          C: "FIND LOST DB_INSTRUMENT_FILES"
6389    
6390          S: "'/gigs/Bosendorfer 290.gig','/gigs/Steinway D.gig','/gigs/Free
6391          Piano.gig'"
6392    
6393    6.8.24.  Replacing an instrument file
6394    
6395       The front-end can substitute all occurrences of an instrument file in
6396       the instruments database with a new one by sending the following
6397       command:
6398    
6399          SET DB_INSTRUMENT FILE_PATH <old_path> <new_path>
6400    
6401       Where <old_path> is the absolute path name of the instrument file to
6402       substitute with <new_path>.
6403    
6404       Possible Answers:
6405    
6406          "OK" -
6407    
6408             on success
6409    
6410          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6411    
6412             in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
6413             error message.
6414    
6415       Example:
6416    
6417          C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT FILE_PATH '/gigs/Bosendorfer 290.gig'
6418          '/gigs/pianos/Bosendorfer 290.gig'"
6419    
6420          S: "OK"
6421    
6422    6.9.  Editing Instruments
6423    
6424       The sampler allows to edit instruments while playing with the sampler
6425       by spawning an external (3rd party) instrument editor application for
6426       a given instrument.  The 3rd party instrument editor applications
6427       have to place a respective plugin DLL file into the sampler's plugins
6428       directory.  The sampler will automatically try to load all plugin
6429       DLLs in that directory on startup and only on startup!
6430    
6431       At the moment there is only one command for this feature set, but
6432       this will most probably change in future.
6433    
6434    
6435    
6436    
6437    
6438    
6439    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 115]
6440    
6441    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
6442    
6443    
6444    6.9.1.  Opening an appropriate instrument editor application
6445    
6446       The front-end can request to open an appropriate instrument editor
6447       application by sending the following command:
6448    
6449          EDIT CHANNEL INSTRUMENT <sampler-channel>
6450    
6451       Where <sampler-channel> should be replaced by the number of the
6452       sampler channel as given by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or
6453       "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4) command.
6454    
6455       The sampler will try to ask all registered instrument editors (or to
6456       be more specific: their sampler plugins) whether they are capable to
6457       handle the instrument on the given sampler channel.  The sampler will
6458       simply use the first instrument editor application which replied with
6459       a positive answer and spawn that instrument editor application within
6460       the sampler's process and provide that application access to the
6461       instrument's data structures, so both applications can share and
6462       access the same instruments data at the same time, thus allowing to
6463       immediately hear changes with the sampler made by the instrument
6464       editor.
6465    
6466       Note: consequently instrument editors are always spawned locally on
6467       the same machine where the sampler is running on!
6468    
6469       Possible Answers:
6470    
6471          "OK" -
6472    
6473             when an appropriate instrument editor was launched
6474    
6475          "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
6476    
6477             when an appropriate instrument editor was launched, but there
6478             are noteworthy issues
6479    
6480          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6481    
6482             when an appropriate instrument editor could not be launched
6483    
6484       Examples:
6485    
6486          C: "EDIT CHANNEL INSTRUMENT 0"
6487    
6488          S: "OK"
6489    
6490    
6491    
6492    
6493    
6494    
6495    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 116]
6496    
6497    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
6498    
6499    
6500    6.10.  Managing Files
6501    
6502       You can query detailed informations about files located at the same
6503       system where the sampler instance is running on.  Using this command
6504       set allows to retrieve file informations even remotely from another
6505       machine.
6506    
6507    6.10.1.  Retrieving amount of instruments of a file
6508    
6509       The front-end can retrieve the amount of instruments within a given
6510       instrument file by sending the following command:
6511    
6512          GET FILE INSTRUMENTS <filename>
6513    
6514       Where <filename> is the name of the instrument file (encapsulated
6515       into apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6516       "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
6517    
6518       The sampler will try to ask all sampler engines, whether they support
6519       the given file and ask the first engine with a positive answer for
6520       the amount of instruments.
6521    
6522       Possible Answers:
6523    
6524          On success, the sampler will answer by returning the amount of
6525          instruments.
6526    
6527          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6528    
6529             if the file could not be handled
6530    
6531       Examples:
6532    
6533          C: "GET FILE INSTRUMENTS 'D:/Sounds/Foo.gig'"
6534    
6535          S: "10"
6536    
6537    6.10.2.  Retrieving all instruments of a file
6538    
6539       The front-end can retrieve a list of all instruments within a given
6540       instrument file by sending the following command:
6541    
6542          LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS <filename>
6543    
6544       Where <filename> is the name of the instrument file (encapsulated
6545       into apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6546       "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
6547    
6548    
6549    
6550    
6551    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 117]
6552    
6553    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
6554    
6555    
6556       The sampler will try to ask all sampler engines, whether they support
6557       the given file and ask the first engine with a positive answer for a
6558       list of IDs for the instruments in the given file.
6559    
6560       Possible Answers:
6561    
6562          On success, the sampler will answer by returning a comma separated
6563          list of instrument IDs.
6564    
6565          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6566    
6567             if the file could not be handled
6568    
6569       Examples:
6570    
6571          C: "LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS 'D:/Sounds/Foo.gig'"
6572    
6573          S: "0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9"
6574    
6575    6.10.3.  Retrieving informations about one instrument in a file
6576    
6577       The front-end can retrieve detailed informations about a specific
6578       instrument within a given instrument file by sending the following
6579       command:
6580    
6581          GET FILE INSTRUMENT INFO <filename> <instr-id>
6582    
6583       Where <filename> is the name of the instrument file (encapsulated
6584       into apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6585       "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)") and <instr-id> is
6586       the numeric instrument ID as returned by the "LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS"
6587       (Section 6.10.2) command.
6588    
6589       The sampler will try to ask all sampler engines, whether they support
6590       the given file and ask the first engine with a positive answer for
6591       informations about the specific instrument in the given file.
6592    
6593       Possible Answers:
6594    
6595          LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list.  Each
6596          answer line begins with the settings category name followed by a
6597          colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
6598          character string to that setting category.  At the moment the
6599          following categories are defined:
6600    
6601    
6602    
6603    
6604    
6605    
6606    
6607    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 118]
6608    
6609    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
6610    
6611    
6612             NAME -
6613    
6614                name of the instrument as stored in the instrument file
6615    
6616             FORMAT_FAMILY -
6617    
6618                name of the sampler format of the given instrument
6619    
6620             FORMAT_VERSION -
6621    
6622                version of the sampler format the instrumen is stored as
6623    
6624             PRODUCT -
6625    
6626                official product name of the instrument as stored in the
6627                file
6628    
6629             ARTISTS -
6630    
6631                artists / sample library vendor of the instrument
6632    
6633             KEY_BINDINGS -
6634    
6635                comma separated list of integer values representing the
6636                instrument's key mapping in the range between 0 .. 127,
6637                reflecting the analog meaning of the MIDI specification.
6638    
6639             KEYSWITCH_BINDINGS -
6640    
6641                comma separated list of integer values representing the
6642                instrument's keyswitch mapping in the range between 0 ..
6643                127, reflecting the analog meaning of the MIDI
6644                specification.
6645    
6646       The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
6647    
6648       Example:
6649    
6650          C: "GET FILE INSTRUMENT INFO 'D:/Sounds/Foo.gig' 0"
6651    
6652          S: "NAME: Lunatic Loops"
6653    
6654             "FORMAT_FAMILY: GIG"
6655    
6656             "FORMAT_VERSION: 3"
6657    
6658             "PRODUCT: The Backbone Bongo Beats"
6659    
6660    
6661    
6662    
6663    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 119]
6664    
6665    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
6666    
6667    
6668             "ARTISTS: Jimmy the Fish"
6669    
6670             "."
6671    
6672    6.11.  Managing Effects
6673    
6674       Audio effects (e.g. reverb, delay, compression) can be applied to the
6675       audio signals generated by the sampler.  The sampler usually provides
6676       a set of internal audio effects for this task.  The exact set of
6677       effects depends on the availability of third party effect plugins
6678       installed on the system where the sampler runs on.
6679    
6680       At the moment only "send effects" are supported.  Support for "insert
6681       effects" and "master effects" is planned to be added at a later
6682       point.
6683    
6684       The following commands allow to retrieve the set of internal effects
6685       available to the sampler, detailed informations about those effects
6686       and to create and destroy instances of such effects.  After an
6687       instance of an effect is created, the effect instance can be inserted
6688       into the audio signal path of the sampler, e.g. as send effect.
6689    
6690       The sampler allows to create an arbitrary amount of so called send
6691       effect chains.  Each effect chain can host an arbitrary amount of
6692       effect instances.  The output of the first effect instance in an
6693       effect chain is fed to the input of the second effect instance of the
6694       chain and so on.  So effects in one chain are processed sequentially.
6695       Send effect chains however are processed in parallel to other send
6696       effect chains.  Audio signals of sampler channels are fed to send
6697       effects by creating FX sends to the respective sampler channel and
6698       assigning a destination send effect to that FX by using the "SET
6699       FX_SEND EFFECT" (Section 6.4.32) command.  The latter allows to route
6700       the FX send to the beginning of a send effect chain, as well as
6701       directly to any other position of the send effect chain.
6702    
6703    6.11.1.  Retrieve amount of available effects
6704    
6705       The front-end can retrieve the amount of internal effects, available
6706       to the sampler by sending the following command:
6707    
6708          GET AVAILABLE_EFFECTS
6709    
6710       Possible Answers:
6711    
6712          The sampler will answer by returning the current number of effects
6713          available to the sampler.
6714    
6715       Examples:
6716    
6717    
6718    
6719    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 120]
6720    
6721    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
6722    
6723    
6724          C: "GET AVAILABLE_EFFECTS"
6725    
6726          S: "129"
6727    
6728    6.11.2.  Get list of available effects
6729    
6730       The set of available internal effects can change at runtime.  The
6731       front-end can retrieve the list of internal effects, available to the
6732       sampler by sending the following command:
6733    
6734          LIST AVAILABLE_EFFECTS
6735    
6736       Possible Answers:
6737    
6738          The sampler will answer by returning a comma separated list with
6739          numerical IDs of effects.  Note: the numercial ID of an effect is
6740          generated by the sampler for the current moment.  The numerical ID
6741          of the same effect can change at runtime, e.g. when the user
6742          requests a rescan of available effect plugins.
6743    
6744       Example:
6745    
6746          C: "LIST AVAILABLE_EFFECTS"
6747    
6748          S: "5,6,7,120,121,122,123,124"
6749    
6750    6.11.3.  Retrieving general information about an effect
6751    
6752       The front-end can ask for general informations about an effect by
6753       sending the following command:
6754    
6755          GET EFFECT INFO <effect-index>
6756    
6757       Where <effect-index> is the numerical ID of an effect as returned by
6758       the "LIST AVAILABLE_EFFECTS" (Section 6.11.2) command.
6759    
6760       Possible Answers:
6761    
6762          LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list.  Each
6763          answer line begins with the effect information category name,
6764          followed by a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally
6765          the info character string to that effect information category.  At
6766          the moment the following categories are defined:
6767    
6768    
6769    
6770             SYSTEM -
6771    
6772    
6773    
6774    
6775    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 121]
6776    
6777    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
6778    
6779    
6780                name of the effect plugin system the effect is based on
6781                (e.g.  "LADSPA")
6782    
6783             MODULE -
6784    
6785                module of the effect plugin system that contains this
6786                effect, the module is usually the dynamic-linked library
6787                (DLL) filename of the effect plugin, including full path
6788                (note that this filename may contain escape sequences
6789                (Section 7.1))
6790    
6791             NAME -
6792    
6793                character string defining the unique name of the effect
6794                within its module (note that the character string may
6795                contain escape sequences (Section 7.1))
6796    
6797             DESCRIPTION -
6798    
6799                human readable name of the effect, intended to be displayed
6800                in user interfaces (note that the character string may
6801                contain escape sequences (Section 7.1))
6802    
6803       The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
6804    
6805       Example:
6806    
6807          C: "GET EFFECT INFO 121"
6808    
6809          S: "SYSTEM: LADSPA"
6810    
6811             "MODULE: /usr/lib/ladspa/lowpass_iir_1891.so"
6812    
6813             "NAME: lowpass_iir"
6814    
6815             "DESCRIPTION: Glame Lowpass Filter"
6816    
6817             "."
6818    
6819    6.11.4.  Creating an instance of an effect by its portable ID
6820    
6821       The front-end can spawn an instance of the desired effect by sending
6822       the following command:
6823    
6824          CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE <effect-system> <module> <effect-name>
6825    
6826       Where <effect-system> is the "SYSTEM" field, <module> the "MODULE"
6827       field and <effect-name> the "NAME" field as returned by the "GET
6828    
6829    
6830    
6831    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 122]
6832    
6833    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
6834    
6835    
6836       EFFECT INFO" (Section 6.11.3) command.  The filename of argument
6837       <module> and the character string of argument <effect-name> may
6838       contain escape sequences (Section 7.1).
6839    
6840       The sampler will try to load the requested effect and to create an
6841       instance of it.  To allow loading the same effect on a different
6842       machine, probably even running a completely different operating
6843       system (e.g.  Linux vs. Windows), the sampler tries to match <module>
6844       "softly".  That means it first tries to find an effect that exactly
6845       matches the given <module> argument.  If there is no exact match, the
6846       sampler will try to lower the restrictions on matching the <module>
6847       argument more and more, e.g. by ignoring upper / lower case
6848       differences and by ignoring the path of the DLL filename and file
6849       extension.  If there is still no match at the end, the sampler will
6850       try to ignore the <module> argument completely and as a last resort
6851       search for an effect that only matches the given <effect-system> and
6852       <effect-name> arguments.
6853    
6854       Possible Answers:
6855    
6856          "OK[<effect-instance>]" -
6857    
6858             in case the effect instance was successfully created, where
6859             <effect-instance> is the numerical ID of the new effect
6860             instance
6861    
6862          "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
6863    
6864             in case the effect instance was spawned successfully, but there
6865             are noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
6866             warning code and warning message
6867    
6868          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6869    
6870             if the effect could not be instantiated
6871    
6872       Examples:
6873    
6874          C: "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE LADSPA '/usr/lib/ladspa/
6875          mod_delay_1419.so' 'modDelay'"
6876    
6877          S: "OK[0]"
6878    
6879    6.11.5.  Creating an instance of an effect by its numerical ID
6880    
6881       The front-end can spawn an instance of the desired effect by sending
6882       the following command:
6883    
6884    
6885    
6886    
6887    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 123]
6888    
6889    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
6890    
6891    
6892          CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE <effect-index>
6893    
6894       Where <effect-index> is the numerical ID of the effect as returned by
6895       the "LIST AVAILABLE_EFFECTS" (Section 6.11.2) command.
6896    
6897       The sampler will try to load the requested effect and to create an
6898       instance of it.
6899    
6900       Note: Since the numerical ID of a certain effect can change at any
6901       time, you should not use this command in LSCP files to restore a
6902       certain effect at a later time!  To store a sampler session including
6903       all its effects, use the portable text-based version of "CREATE
6904       EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4) instead!  This allows to restore a
6905       sampler session with all its effects also on other machines, possibly
6906       even running a completely different operating system (e.g.  Linux vs.
6907       Windows), with different plugin directories or plugin DLL names.
6908    
6909       Possible Answers:
6910    
6911          "OK[<effect-instance>]" -
6912    
6913             in case the effect instance was successfully created, where
6914             <effect-instance> is the numerical ID of the new effect
6915             instance
6916    
6917          "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
6918    
6919             in case the effect instance was spawned successfully, but there
6920             are noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
6921             warning code and warning message
6922    
6923          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6924    
6925             if the effect could not be instantiated
6926    
6927       Examples:
6928    
6929          C: "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE 72"
6930    
6931          S: "OK[5]"
6932    
6933    6.11.6.  Destroy an effect instance
6934    
6935       The front-end can destroy an unusued effect instance and thus freeing
6936       it from memory by sending the following command:
6937    
6938    
6939    
6940    
6941    
6942    
6943    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 124]
6944    
6945    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
6946    
6947    
6948          DESTROY EFFECT_INSTANCE <effect-instance>
6949    
6950       Where <effect-instance> is the numerical ID of the effect instance as
6951       returned by the "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4) or "LIST
6952       EFFECT_INSTANCES" (Section 6.11.8) command.
6953    
6954       The effect instance can only be destroyed if it's not used in any
6955       part of the sampler's audio signal path anymore.  If the effect
6956       instance is still in use somewhere, trying to destroy the effect
6957       instance will result in an error message.
6958    
6959       Possible Answers:
6960    
6961          "OK" -
6962    
6963             in case the effect instance was successfully destroyed
6964    
6965          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6966    
6967             in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
6968             error message
6969    
6970       Examples:
6971    
6972          C: "DESTROY EFFECT_INSTANCE 5"
6973    
6974          S: "OK"
6975    
6976    6.11.7.  Retrieve amount of effect instances
6977    
6978       The front-end can retrieve the current amount of effect instances by
6979       sending the following command:
6980    
6981          GET EFFECT_INSTANCES
6982    
6983       Possible Answers:
6984    
6985          The sampler will answer by returning the current number of effect
6986          instances created and not yet destroyed in the current sampler
6987          session.
6988    
6989       Examples:
6990    
6991          C: "GET EFFECT_INSTANCES"
6992    
6993          S: "14"
6994    
6995    
6996    
6997    
6998    
6999    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 125]
7000    
7001    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
7002    
7003    
7004    6.11.8.  Get list of effect instances
7005    
7006       The front-end can retrieve the current list of effect instances by
7007       sending the following command:
7008    
7009          LIST EFFECT_INSTANCES
7010    
7011       Possible Answers:
7012    
7013          The sampler will answer by returning a comma separated list with
7014          numerical IDs of effects instances.
7015    
7016       Example:
7017    
7018          C: "LIST EFFECT_INSTANCES"
7019    
7020          S: "9,11,14,15,16,17,25"
7021    
7022    6.11.9.  Retrieving current information about an effect instance
7023    
7024       The front-end can ask for the current informations about a particular
7025       effect instance by sending the following command:
7026    
7027          GET EFFECT_INSTANCE INFO <effect-instance>
7028    
7029       Where <effect-instance> is the numerical ID of an effect instance as
7030       returned by the "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4) or "LIST
7031       EFFECT_INSTANCES" (Section 6.11.8) command.
7032    
7033       Possible Answers:
7034    
7035          LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list.  Each
7036          answer line begins with the information category name, followed by
7037          a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
7038          character string to that information category.  At the moment the
7039          following categories are defined:
7040    
7041    
7042    
7043             SYSTEM -
7044    
7045                name of the effect plugin system the effect is based on
7046                (e.g.  "LADSPA")
7047    
7048             MODULE -
7049    
7050                module of the effect plugin system that contains this
7051                effect, the module is usually the dynamic-linked library
7052    
7053    
7054    
7055    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 126]
7056    
7057    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
7058    
7059    
7060                (DLL) filename of the effect plugin, including full path
7061                (note that this filename may contain escape sequences
7062                (Section 7.1))
7063    
7064             NAME -
7065    
7066                character string defining the unique name of the effect
7067                within its module (note that the character string may
7068                contain escape sequences (Section 7.1))
7069    
7070             DESCRIPTION -
7071    
7072                human readable name of the effect, intended to be displayed
7073                in user interfaces (note that the character string may
7074                contain escape sequences (Section 7.1))
7075    
7076             INPUT_CONTROLS -
7077    
7078                amount of input controls the effect instance provides, to
7079                allow controlling the effect parameters in realtime
7080    
7081       The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
7082    
7083       Example:
7084    
7085          C: "GET EFFECT_INSTANCE INFO 3"
7086    
7087          S: "SYSTEM: LADSPA"
7088    
7089             "MODULE: /usr/lib/ladspa/mod_delay_1419.so"
7090    
7091             "NAME: modDelay"
7092    
7093             "DESCRIPTION: Modulatable delay"
7094    
7095             "INPUT_CONTROLS: 1"
7096    
7097             "."
7098    
7099    6.11.10.  Retrieving information about an effect parameter
7100    
7101       Effects typically provide a certain set of effect parameters which
7102       can be altered by the user in realtime (e.g. depth of a reverb
7103       effect, duration of a delay effect, dry / wet signal ratio).  Those
7104       controllable effect parameters are called "input controls".  The
7105       front-end can ask for the current informations of an effect
7106       instance's input control by sending the following command:
7107    
7108    
7109    
7110    
7111    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 127]
7112    
7113    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
7114    
7115    
7116          GET EFFECT_INSTANCE_INPUT_CONTROL INFO <effect-instance> <input-
7117          control>
7118    
7119       Where <effect-instance> is the numerical ID of an effect instance as
7120       returned by the "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4) or "LIST
7121       EFFECT_INSTANCES" (Section 6.11.8) command and <input-control> is the
7122       index of the input control within the numerical bounds as returned by
7123       the "INPUT_CONTROLS" field of the "GET EFFECT_INSTANCE INFO"
7124       (Section 6.11.9) command.
7125    
7126       Possible Answers:
7127    
7128          LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list.  Each
7129          answer line begins with the information category name, followed by
7130          a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
7131          character string to that information category.  There are
7132          information categories which are always returned, independent of
7133          the respective effect parameter and there are optional information
7134          categories which are only shown for certain effect parameters.  At
7135          the moment the following categories are defined:
7136    
7137    
7138    
7139             DESCRIPTION -
7140    
7141                (always returned) human readable name of the effect
7142                parameter, intended to be displayed in user interfaces (note
7143                that the character string may contain escape sequences
7144                (Section 7.1))
7145    
7146             VALUE -
7147    
7148                (always returned) current (optional dotted) floating point
7149                value of this effect parameter
7150    
7151             RANGE_MIN -
7152    
7153                (optionally returned) minimum allowed value for this effect
7154                parameter
7155    
7156             RANGE_MAX -
7157    
7158                (optionally returned) maximum allowed value for this effect
7159                parameter
7160    
7161             POSSIBILITIES -
7162    
7163    
7164    
7165    
7166    
7167    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 128]
7168    
7169    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
7170    
7171    
7172                (optionally returned) comma separated list of (optional
7173                dotted) floating point numbers, reflecting the exact set of
7174                possible values for this effect parameter
7175    
7176             DEFAULT -
7177    
7178                (optionally returned) default value of this effect parameter
7179    
7180       The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
7181    
7182       Example:
7183    
7184          C: "GET EFFECT_INSTANCE_INPUT_CONTROL INFO 1 0"
7185    
7186          S: "DESCRIPTION: Base delay (s)"
7187    
7188             "VALUE: 0.500"
7189    
7190             "RANGE_MIN: 0.000"
7191    
7192             "."
7193    
7194    6.11.11.  Altering an effect parameter
7195    
7196       The front-end can alter the current value of an effect parameter by
7197       sending the following command:
7198    
7199          SET EFFECT_INSTANCE_INPUT_CONTROL VALUE <effect-instance> <input-
7200          control> <value>
7201    
7202       Where <effect-instance> is the numerical ID of the effect instance as
7203       returned by the "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4) or "LIST
7204       EFFECT_INSTANCES" (Section 6.11.8) command, <input-control> is the
7205       index of the input control within the numerical bounds as returned by
7206       the "INPUT_CONTROLS" field of the "GET EFFECT_INSTANCE INFO"
7207       (Section 6.11.9) command and <value> is the new (optional dotted)
7208       floating point value for this effect parameter.
7209    
7210       Possible Answers:
7211    
7212          "OK" -
7213    
7214             in case the effect was altered successfully
7215    
7216          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
7217    
7218             in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
7219             error message
7220    
7221    
7222    
7223    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 129]
7224    
7225    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
7226    
7227    
7228       Examples:
7229    
7230          C: "SET EFFECT_INSTANCE_INPUT_CONTROL VALUE 0 1 0.5"
7231    
7232          S: "OK"
7233    
7234    6.11.12.  Retrieve amount of send effect chains
7235    
7236       The front-end can retrieve the current amount of send effect chains
7237       of an audio output device by sending the following command:
7238    
7239          GET SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS <audio-device>
7240    
7241       Where <audio-device> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
7242       audio output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
7243       (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
7244       command.
7245    
7246       Possible Answers:
7247    
7248          The sampler will answer by returning the current number of send
7249          effect chains of the supplied audio output device.
7250    
7251       Examples:
7252    
7253          C: "GET SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS 0"
7254    
7255          S: "4"
7256    
7257    6.11.13.  Retrieve list of send effect chains
7258    
7259       The front-end can retrieve the current list of send effect chains of
7260       an audio output device by sending the following command:
7261    
7262          LIST SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS <audio-device>
7263    
7264       Where <audio-device> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
7265       audio output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
7266       (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
7267       command.
7268    
7269       Possible Answers:
7270    
7271          The sampler will answer by returning a comma separated list with
7272          numerical IDs of send effect chains of the supplied audio output
7273          device.
7274    
7275       Examples:
7276    
7277    
7278    
7279    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 130]
7280    
7281    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
7282    
7283    
7284          C: "LIST SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS 0"
7285    
7286          S: "3,4,7"
7287    
7288    6.11.14.  Add send effect chain
7289    
7290       The front-end can add a send effect chain by sending the following
7291       command:
7292    
7293          ADD SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN <audio-device>
7294    
7295       Where <audio-device> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
7296       audio output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
7297       (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
7298       command.
7299    
7300       Possible Answers:
7301    
7302          "OK[<effect-chain>]" -
7303    
7304             in case the send effect chain was added successfully, where
7305             <effect-chain> is the numerical ID of the new send effect chain
7306    
7307          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
7308    
7309             if the send effect chain could not be added
7310    
7311       Examples:
7312    
7313          C: "ADD SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN 0"
7314    
7315          S: "OK[2]"
7316    
7317    6.11.15.  Remove send effect chain
7318    
7319       The front-end can remove a send effect chain by sending the following
7320       command:
7321    
7322          REMOVE SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN <audio-device> <effect-chain>
7323    
7324       Where <audio-device> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
7325       audio output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
7326       (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
7327       command and <effect-chain> by the numerical ID as returned by the
7328       "ADD SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN" (Section 6.11.14) or "LIST
7329       SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS" (Section 6.11.13) command.
7330    
7331       Possible Answers:
7332    
7333    
7334    
7335    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 131]
7336    
7337    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
7338    
7339    
7340          "OK" -
7341    
7342             in case the send effect chain was removed successfully
7343    
7344          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
7345    
7346             if the send effect chain could not be removed
7347    
7348       Examples:
7349    
7350          C: "REMOVE SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN 0 2"
7351    
7352          S: "OK"
7353    
7354    6.11.16.  Retrieving information about a send effect chain
7355    
7356       The front-end can ask for informations of a send effect chain by
7357       sending the following command:
7358    
7359          GET SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN INFO <audio-device> <effect-chain>
7360    
7361       Where <audio-device> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
7362       audio output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
7363       (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
7364       command and <effect-chain> by the numerical ID as returned by the
7365       "ADD SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN" (Section 6.11.14) or "LIST
7366       SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS" (Section 6.11.13) command.
7367    
7368       Possible Answers:
7369    
7370          LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list.  Each
7371          answer line begins with the information category name, followed by
7372          a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
7373          character string to that information category.  At the moment the
7374          following categories are defined:
7375    
7376    
7377    
7378             EFFECT_COUNT -
7379    
7380                amount of effects in this send effect chain
7381    
7382             EFFECT_SEQUENCE -
7383    
7384                comma separated list of the numerical IDs of the effect
7385                instances in this send effect chain, in the order as they
7386                are procssed in the effect chain
7387    
7388    
7389    
7390    
7391    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 132]
7392    
7393    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
7394    
7395    
7396       The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
7397    
7398       Example:
7399    
7400          C: "GET SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN INFO 0 2"
7401    
7402          S: "EFFECT_COUNT: 3"
7403    
7404             "EFFECT_SEQUENCE: 31,4,7"
7405    
7406             "."
7407    
7408    6.11.17.  Append effect instance to a send effect chain
7409    
7410       The front-end can add an unused effect instance to the end of a send
7411       effect chain by sending the following command:
7412    
7413          APPEND SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN EFFECT <audio-device> <effect-chain>
7414          <effect-instance>
7415    
7416       Where <audio-device> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
7417       audio output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
7418       (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
7419       command and <effect-chain> by the numerical ID as returned by the
7420       "ADD SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN" (Section 6.11.14) or "LIST
7421       SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS" (Section 6.11.13) command and <effect-instance>
7422       as returned by the "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4) or "LIST
7423       EFFECT_INSTANCES" (Section 6.11.8) command.
7424    
7425       Only unused effect instances can be added to the effect chain.
7426       Trying to add an effect instance which is already in use somewhere in
7427       the audio signal path of the sampler will result in an error.
7428    
7429       Possible Answers:
7430    
7431          "OK" -
7432    
7433             in case the effect instance was added successfully to the chain
7434    
7435          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
7436    
7437             if the effect instance could not be added
7438    
7439       Examples:
7440    
7441          C: "APPEND SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN EFFECT 0 2 38"
7442    
7443    
7444    
7445    
7446    
7447    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 133]
7448    
7449    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
7450    
7451    
7452          S: "OK"
7453    
7454    6.11.18.  Insert effect instance to a send effect chain
7455    
7456       The front-end can add an unused effect instance to a certain position
7457       of a send effect chain by sending the following command:
7458    
7459          INSERT SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN EFFECT <audio-device> <effect-chain>
7460          <chain-pos> <effect-instance>
7461    
7462       Where <audio-device> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
7463       audio output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
7464       (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
7465       command, <effect-chain> by the numerical ID as returned by the "ADD
7466       SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN" (Section 6.11.14) or "LIST SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS"
7467       (Section 6.11.13) command, <effect-instance> as returned by the
7468       "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4) or "LIST EFFECT_INSTANCES"
7469       (Section 6.11.8) command and <chain-pos> the exact position of the
7470       effect chain where the supplied effect shall be inserted to.
7471    
7472       Only unused effect instances can be added to the effect chain.
7473       Trying to add an effect instance which is already in use somewhere in
7474       the audio signal path of the sampler will result in an error.
7475    
7476       Possible Answers:
7477    
7478          "OK" -
7479    
7480             in case the effect instance was added successfully to the chain
7481    
7482          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
7483    
7484             if the effect instance could not be added
7485    
7486       Examples:
7487    
7488          C: "INSERT SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN EFFECT 0 2 4 38"
7489    
7490          S: "OK"
7491    
7492    6.11.19.  Remove effect instance from send effect chain
7493    
7494       The front-end can remove an effect instance from a certain position
7495       of a send effect chain by sending the following command:
7496    
7497          REMOVE SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN EFFECT <audio-device> <effect-chain>
7498          <chain-pos>
7499    
7500    
7501    
7502    
7503    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 134]
7504    
7505    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
7506    
7507    
7508       Where <audio-device> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
7509       audio output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
7510       (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
7511       command, <effect-chain> by the numerical ID as returned by the "ADD
7512       SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN" (Section 6.11.14) or "LIST SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS"
7513       (Section 6.11.13) command and <chain-pos> the exact position of the
7514       effect instance to be removed from the effect chain.
7515    
7516       Possible Answers:
7517    
7518          "OK" -
7519    
7520             in case the effect instance was removed successfully
7521    
7522          "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
7523    
7524             if the effect instance could not be removed
7525    
7526       Examples:
7527    
7528          C: "REMOVE SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN EFFECT 0 2 4"
7529    
7530          S: "OK"
7531    
7532    
7533    
7534    
7535    
7536    
7537    
7538    
7539    
7540    
7541    
7542    
7543    
7544    
7545    
7546    
7547    
7548    
7549    
7550    
7551    
7552    
7553    
7554    
7555    
7556    
7557    
7558    
7559    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 135]
7560    
7561    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
7562    
7563    
7564  7.  Command Syntax  7.  Command Syntax
# Line 3565  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 7597  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
7597    
7598     command =     command =
7599    
7600        ADD SP CHANNEL        ADD SP add_instruction
7601    
7602          / MAP SP map_instruction
7603    
7604          / UNMAP SP unmap_instruction
7605    
7606        / GET SP get_instruction        / GET SP get_instruction
7607    
# Line 3573  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 7609  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
7609    
7610        / DESTROY SP destroy_instruction        / DESTROY SP destroy_instruction
7611    
       / LIST SP list_instruction  
   
       / LOAD SP load_instruction  
7612    
7613    
7614    
7615    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 136]
7616    
7617    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
7618    
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 64]  
7619    
7620  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005        / LIST SP list_instruction
7621    
7622          / LOAD SP load_instruction
7623    
7624        / REMOVE SP CHANNEL SP sampler_channel        / REMOVE SP remove_instruction
7625    
7626        / SET SP set_instruction        / SET SP set_instruction
7627    
# Line 3593  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 7629  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
7629    
7630        / UNSUBSCRIBE SP unsubscribe_event        / UNSUBSCRIBE SP unsubscribe_event
7631    
7632        / SELECT SP text        / RESET SP reset_instruction
7633    
7634          / CLEAR SP clear_instruction
7635    
7636          / FIND SP find_instruction
7637    
7638          / MOVE SP move_instruction
7639    
7640          / COPY SP copy_instruction
7641    
7642          / EDIT SP edit_instruction
7643    
7644        / RESET SP CHANNEL SP sampler_channel        / FORMAT SP format_instruction
7645    
7646          / SEND SP send_instruction
7647    
7648          / APPEND SP append_instruction
7649    
7650          / INSERT SP insert_instruction
7651    
7652        / RESET        / RESET
7653    
7654        / QUIT        / QUIT
7655    
7656       add_instruction =
7657    
7658          CHANNEL
7659    
7660          / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP db_path
7661    
7662          / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_MODAL SP scan_mode SP db_path SP filename
7663    
7664          / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_MODAL SP scan_mode SP FILE_AS_DIR SP
7665          db_path SP filename
7666    
7667    
7668    
7669    
7670    
7671    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 137]
7672    
7673    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
7674    
7675    
7676          / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP scan_mode SP db_path SP filename
7677    
7678          / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP scan_mode SP FILE_AS_DIR SP db_path SP
7679          filename
7680    
7681          / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_MODAL SP db_path SP filename
7682    
7683          / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_MODAL SP db_path SP filename SP
7684          instrument_index
7685    
7686          / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP db_path SP filename
7687    
7688          / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP db_path SP filename SP instrument_index
7689    
7690          / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP
7691    
7692          / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP map_name
7693    
7694          / SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN SP device_index
7695    
7696     subscribe_event =     subscribe_event =
7697    
7698        CHANNEL_COUNT        AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
7699    
7700          / AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO
7701    
7702          / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
7703    
7704          / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO
7705    
7706          / CHANNEL_COUNT
7707    
7708          / CHANNEL_MIDI
7709    
7710          / DEVICE_MIDI
7711    
7712        / VOICE_COUNT        / VOICE_COUNT
7713    
# Line 3613  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 7717  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
7717    
7718        / CHANNEL_INFO        / CHANNEL_INFO
7719    
7720          / FX_SEND_COUNT
7721    
7722          / FX_SEND_INFO
7723    
7724    
7725    
7726    
7727    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 138]
7728    
7729    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
7730    
7731    
7732          / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT
7733    
7734          / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO
7735    
7736          / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
7737    
7738          / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO
7739    
7740          / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT
7741    
7742          / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO
7743    
7744          / DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
7745    
7746          / DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO
7747    
7748          / DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO
7749    
7750        / MISCELLANEOUS        / MISCELLANEOUS
7751    
7752          / TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT
7753    
7754          / TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
7755    
7756          / GLOBAL_INFO
7757    
7758     unsubscribe_event =     unsubscribe_event =
7759    
7760        CHANNEL_COUNT        AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
7761    
7762          / AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO
7763    
7764          / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
7765    
7766          / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO
7767    
7768          / CHANNEL_COUNT
7769    
7770          / CHANNEL_MIDI
7771    
7772          / DEVICE_MIDI
7773    
7774        / VOICE_COUNT        / VOICE_COUNT
7775    
# Line 3625  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 7777  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
7777    
7778        / BUFFER_FILL        / BUFFER_FILL
7779    
7780    
7781    
7782    
7783    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 139]
7784    
7785    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
7786    
7787    
7788        / CHANNEL_INFO        / CHANNEL_INFO
7789    
7790          / FX_SEND_COUNT
7791    
7792          / FX_SEND_INFO
7793    
7794          / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT
7795    
7796          / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO
7797    
7798          / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
7799    
7800          / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO
7801    
7802          / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT
7803    
7804          / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO
7805    
7806          / DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
7807    
7808          / DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO
7809    
7810          / DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO
7811    
7812        / MISCELLANEOUS        / MISCELLANEOUS
7813    
7814          / TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT
7815    
7816          / TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
7817    
7818          / GLOBAL_INFO
7819    
7820       map_instruction =
7821    
7822          MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog SP
7823          engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value
7824    
7825          / MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog
7826          SP engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value SP
7827          instr_load_mode
7828    
7829          / MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog
7830          SP engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value SP
7831          entry_name
7832    
7833          / MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog
7834          SP engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value SP
7835          instr_load_mode SP entry_name
7836    
7837    
7838    
7839    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 140]
7840    
7841    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
7842    
7843    
7844       unmap_instruction =
7845    
7846          MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog
7847    
7848       remove_instruction =
7849    
7850          CHANNEL SP sampler_channel
7851    
7852          / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP midi_map
7853    
7854          / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP ALL
7855    
7856          / SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN SP device_index SP effect_chain
7857    
7858          / SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN SP EFFECT SP device_index SP effect_chain SP
7859          chain_pos
7860    
7861          / FX_SEND SP EFFECT SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id
7862    
7863          / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP FORCE SP db_path
7864    
7865          / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP db_path
7866    
7867          / DB_INSTRUMENT SP db_path
7868    
7869     get_instruction =     get_instruction =
7870    
7871        AVAILABLE_ENGINES        AVAILABLE_ENGINES
7872    
7873          / AVAILABLE_EFFECTS
7874    
7875          / EFFECT_INSTANCES
7876    
7877          / EFFECT SP INFO SP effect_index
7878    
7879  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 65]        / EFFECT_INSTANCE SP INFO SP effect_instance
7880    
7881  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005        / EFFECT_INSTANCE_INPUT_CONTROL SP INFO SP effect_instance SP
7882          input_control
7883    
7884          / SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS SP device_index
7885    
7886          / SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN SP INFO SP device_index SP effect_chain
7887    
7888        / AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS        / AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS
7889    
7890        / MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER SP INFO SP string        / MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER SP INFO SP string
7891    
7892    
7893    
7894    
7895    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 141]
7896    
7897    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
7898    
7899    
7900        / MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string        / MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string
7901    
7902        / MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string SP        / MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string SP
# Line 3688  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 7940  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
7940    
7941        / ENGINE SP INFO SP engine_name        / ENGINE SP INFO SP engine_name
7942    
7943          / SERVER SP INFO
7944    
7945          / TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT
7946    
7947    
7948    
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 66]  
7949    
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
7950    
7951    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 142]
7952    
7953    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
7954    
7955        / SERVER SP INFO  
7956          / TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
7957    
7958          / TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT_MAX
7959    
7960          / MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP midi_map
7961    
7962          / MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP ALL
7963    
7964          / MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP INFO SP midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog
7965    
7966          / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS
7967    
7968          / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP INFO SP midi_map
7969    
7970          / FX_SENDS SP sampler_channel
7971    
7972          / FX_SEND SP INFO SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id
7973    
7974          / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP RECURSIVE SP db_path
7975    
7976          / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP db_path
7977    
7978          / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP INFO SP db_path
7979    
7980          / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP RECURSIVE SP db_path
7981    
7982          / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP db_path
7983    
7984          / DB_INSTRUMENT SP INFO SP db_path
7985    
7986          / DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB SP INFO SP number
7987    
7988          / VOLUME
7989    
7990          / VOICES
7991    
7992          / STREAMS
7993    
7994          / FILE SP INSTRUMENTS SP filename
7995    
7996          / FILE SP INSTRUMENT SP INFO SP filename SP instrument_index
7997    
7998     set_instruction =     set_instruction =
7999    
8000        AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER SP number SP string '='        AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER SP number SP string '='
8001        param_val_list        param_val_list
8002    
8003    
8004    
8005    
8006    
8007    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 143]
8008    
8009    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
8010    
8011    
8012        / AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER SP number SP number SP string '='        / AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER SP number SP number SP string '='
8013        param_val_list        param_val_list
8014    
8015        / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER SP number SP string '='        / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER SP number SP string '='
8016        param_val_list        param_val_list
8017    
8018          / MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER SP number SP number SP string '=' NONE
8019    
8020        / MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER SP number SP number SP string '='        / MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER SP number SP number SP string '='
8021        param_val_list        param_val_list
8022    
8023          / EFFECT_INSTANCE_INPUT_CONTROL SP VALUE SP effect_instance SP
8024          input_control SP control_value
8025    
8026        / CHANNEL SP set_chan_instruction        / CHANNEL SP set_chan_instruction
8027    
8028          / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP NAME SP midi_map SP map_name
8029    
8030          / FX_SEND SP NAME SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP fx_send_name
8031    
8032          / FX_SEND SP AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id
8033          SP audio_channel_index SP audio_channel_index
8034    
8035          / FX_SEND SP MIDI_CONTROLLER SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP
8036          midi_ctrl
8037    
8038          / FX_SEND SP LEVEL SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP
8039          volume_value
8040    
8041          / FX_SEND SP EFFECT SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP
8042          effect_chain SP chain_pos
8043    
8044          / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP NAME SP db_path SP stringval_escaped
8045    
8046          / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP DESCRIPTION SP db_path SP
8047          stringval_escaped
8048    
8049          / DB_INSTRUMENT SP NAME SP db_path SP stringval_escaped
8050    
8051          / DB_INSTRUMENT SP DESCRIPTION SP db_path SP stringval_escaped
8052    
8053          / DB_INSTRUMENT SP FILE_PATH SP filename SP filename
8054    
8055        / ECHO SP boolean        / ECHO SP boolean
8056    
8057          / VOLUME SP volume_value
8058    
8059    
8060    
8061    
8062    
8063    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 144]
8064    
8065    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
8066    
8067    
8068          / VOICES SP number
8069    
8070          / STREAMS SP number
8071    
8072     create_instruction =     create_instruction =
8073    
8074        AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP string SP key_val_list        AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP string SP key_val_list
# Line 3727  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 8079  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
8079    
8080        / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP string        / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP string
8081    
8082          / FX_SEND SP sampler_channel SP midi_ctrl
8083    
8084          / FX_SEND SP sampler_channel SP midi_ctrl SP fx_send_name
8085    
8086          / EFFECT_INSTANCE SP effect_index
8087    
8088          / EFFECT_INSTANCE SP effect_system SP module SP effect_name
8089    
8090       reset_instruction =
8091    
8092          CHANNEL SP sampler_channel
8093    
8094       clear_instruction =
8095    
8096          MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP midi_map
8097    
8098          / MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP ALL
8099    
8100       find_instruction =
8101    
8102          DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_RECURSIVE SP db_path SP query_val_list
8103    
8104          / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP db_path SP query_val_list
8105    
8106          / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP NON_RECURSIVE SP db_path SP
8107          query_val_list
8108    
8109          / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP db_path SP query_val_list
8110    
8111          / LOST SP DB_INSTRUMENT_FILES
8112    
8113       move_instruction =
8114    
8115    
8116    
8117    
8118    
8119    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 145]
8120    
8121    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
8122    
8123    
8124          DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP db_path SP db_path
8125    
8126          / DB_INSTRUMENT SP db_path SP db_path
8127    
8128       copy_instruction =
8129    
8130          DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP db_path SP db_path
8131    
8132          / DB_INSTRUMENT SP db_path SP db_path
8133    
8134     destroy_instruction =     destroy_instruction =
8135    
8136        AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP number        AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP number
8137    
8138        / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP number        / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP number
8139    
8140          / FX_SEND SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id
8141    
8142          / EFFECT_INSTANCE SP number
8143    
8144     load_instruction =     load_instruction =
8145    
8146        INSTRUMENT SP load_instr_args        INSTRUMENT SP load_instr_args
8147    
8148        / ENGINE SP load_engine_args        / ENGINE SP load_engine_args
8149    
8150       append_instruction =
8151    
8152          SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN SP EFFECT SP device_index SP effect_chain SP
8153          effect_instance
8154    
8155       insert_instruction =
8156    
8157          SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN SP EFFECT SP device_index SP effect_chain SP
8158          chain_pos SP effect_instance
8159    
8160     set_chan_instruction =     set_chan_instruction =
8161    
8162        AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP sampler_channel SP device_index        AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP sampler_channel SP device_index
# Line 3746  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 8164  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
8164        / AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL SP sampler_channel SP audio_channel_index        / AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL SP sampler_channel SP audio_channel_index
8165        SP audio_channel_index        SP audio_channel_index
8166    
8167          / AUDIO_OUTPUT_TYPE SP sampler_channel SP audio_output_type_name
8168    
8169          / MIDI_INPUT SP sampler_channel SP device_index SP
8170          midi_input_port_index SP midi_input_channel_index
8171    
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 67]  
8172    
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
8173    
8174    
8175        / AUDIO_OUTPUT_TYPE SP sampler_channel SP audio_output_type_name  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 146]
8176    
8177    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
8178    
       / MIDI_INPUT SP sampler_channel SP device_index SP  
       midi_input_port_index SP midi_input_channel_index  
8179    
8180        / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP sampler_channel SP device_index        / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP sampler_channel SP device_index
8181    
# Line 3773  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 8192  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
8192    
8193        / SOLO SP sampler_channel SP boolean        / SOLO SP sampler_channel SP boolean
8194    
8195          / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP sampler_channel SP midi_map
8196    
8197          / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP sampler_channel SP NONE
8198    
8199          / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP sampler_channel SP DEFAULT
8200    
8201       edit_instruction =
8202    
8203          CHANNEL SP INSTRUMENT SP sampler_channel
8204    
8205       format_instruction =
8206    
8207          INSTRUMENTS_DB
8208    
8209       modal_arg =
8210    
8211          /* epsilon (empty argument) */
8212    
8213          / NON_MODAL SP
8214    
8215     key_val_list =     key_val_list =
8216    
8217        string '=' param_val_list        string '=' param_val_list
# Line 3787  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 8226  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
8226    
8227     list_instruction =     list_instruction =
8228    
8229    
8230    
8231    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 147]
8232    
8233    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
8234    
8235    
8236        AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES        AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES
8237    
8238        / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES        / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES
# Line 3795  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 8241  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
8241    
8242        / AVAILABLE_ENGINES        / AVAILABLE_ENGINES
8243    
8244          / AVAILABLE_EFFECTS
8245    
8246          / EFFECT_INSTANCES
8247    
8248          / SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS SP number
8249    
8250        / AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS        / AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS
8251    
8252        / AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS        / AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS
8253    
8254     load_instr_args =        / MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP midi_map
8255    
8256          / MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP ALL
8257    
8258          / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS
8259    
8260          / FX_SENDS SP sampler_channel
8261    
8262          / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP RECURSIVE SP db_path
8263    
8264          / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP db_path
8265    
8266  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 68]        / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP RECURSIVE SP db_path
8267    
8268  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005        / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP db_path
8269    
8270          / FILE SP INSTRUMENTS SP filename
8271    
8272       send_instruction =
8273    
8274          CHANNEL SP MIDI_DATA SP string SP sampler_channel SP number SP
8275          number
8276    
8277       load_instr_args =
8278    
8279        filename SP instrument_index SP sampler_channel        filename SP instrument_index SP sampler_channel
8280    
# Line 3815  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 8282  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
8282    
8283     load_engine_args =     load_engine_args =
8284    
8285    
8286    
8287    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 148]
8288    
8289    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
8290    
8291    
8292        engine_name SP sampler_channel        engine_name SP sampler_channel
8293    
8294       instr_load_mode =
8295    
8296          ON_DEMAND
8297    
8298          / ON_DEMAND_HOLD
8299    
8300          / PERSISTENT
8301    
8302       effect_instance =
8303    
8304          number
8305    
8306     device_index =     device_index =
8307    
8308        number        number
# Line 3843  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 8329  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
8329    
8330        string        string
8331    
8332       midi_map =
8333    
8334          number
8335    
8336       midi_bank =
8337    
8338          number
8339    
8340    
8341    
8342    
8343    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 149]
8344    
8345    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
8346    
8347    
8348       midi_prog =
8349    
8350          number
8351    
8352       midi_ctrl =
8353    
8354          number
8355    
8356     volume_value =     volume_value =
8357    
8358        dotnum        dotnum
8359    
8360        / number        / number
8361    
8362       control_value =
8363    
8364          real
8365    
8366     sampler_channel =     sampler_channel =
8367    
8368        number        number
# Line 3857  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 8371  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
8371    
8372        number        number
8373    
8374       fx_send_id =
8375    
8376          number
8377    
8378       engine_name =
8379    
8380  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 69]        string
8381    
8382  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005     filename =
8383    
8384          path
8385    
8386     engine_name =     db_path =
8387    
8388        string        path
8389    
8390     filename =     map_name =
8391    
8392          stringval_escaped
8393    
8394       entry_name =
8395    
8396    
8397    
8398    
8399    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 150]
8400    
8401    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
8402    
8403    
8404          stringval_escaped
8405    
8406       fx_send_name =
8407    
8408          stringval_escaped
8409    
8410       effect_name =
8411    
8412          stringval_escaped
8413    
8414       effect_index =
8415    
8416          number
8417    
8418       effect_chain =
8419    
8420          number
8421    
8422        stringval     chain_pos =
8423    
8424          number
8425    
8426       input_control =
8427    
8428          number
8429    
8430     param_val_list =     param_val_list =
8431    
# Line 3883  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 8437  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
8437    
8438        string        string
8439    
8440        / '\'' string '\''        / stringval
   
       / '\"' string '\"'  
8441    
8442        / number        / number
8443    
8444        / dotnum        / dotnum
8445    
8446       query_val_list =
8447    
8448          string '=' query_val
8449    
8450          / query_val_list SP string '=' query_val
8451    
8452    
8453    
8454    
8455    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 151]
8456    
8457    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
8458    
8459    
8460       query_val =
8461    
8462          text_escaped
8463    
8464          / stringval_escaped
8465    
8466       scan_mode =
8467    
8468          RECURSIVE
8469    
8470          / NON_RECURSIVE
8471    
8472          / FLAT
8473    
8474       effect_system =
8475    
8476          string
8477    
8478       module =
8479    
8480          filename
8481    
8482    7.1.  Character Set and Escape Sequences
8483    
8484       Older versions of this protocol up to and including v1.1 only
8485       supported the standard ASCII character set (ASCII code 0 - 127)
8486       [RFC20], all younger versions of this protocol however support the
8487       Extended ASCII character set (ASCII code 0 - 255).  The same group of
8488       younger protocols also support escape sequences, but only for
8489       certain, explicitly declared parts of the protocol.  The supported
8490       escape sequences are defined as follows:
8491    
8492    
8493    
8494    
8495    
8496    
8497    
8498    
8499    
8500    
8501    
8502    
8503    
8504    
8505    
8506    
8507    
8508    
8509    
8510    
8511    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 152]
8512    
8513    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
8514    
8515    
8516       +------------------------+------------------------------------------+
8517       | ASCII Character        | Translated into (Name)                   |
8518       | Sequence               |                                          |
8519       +------------------------+------------------------------------------+
8520       | \n                     | new line                                 |
8521       |                        |                                          |
8522       | \r                     | carriage return                          |
8523       |                        |                                          |
8524       | \f                     | form feed                                |
8525       |                        |                                          |
8526       | \t                     | horizontal tab                           |
8527       |                        |                                          |
8528       | \v                     | vertical tab                             |
8529       |                        |                                          |
8530       | \'                     | apostrophe                               |
8531       |                        |                                          |
8532       | \"                     | quotation mark                           |
8533       |                        |                                          |
8534       | \\                     | backslash                                |
8535       |                        |                                          |
8536       | \OOO                   | three digit octal ASCII code of the      |
8537       |                        | character                                |
8538       |                        |                                          |
8539       | \xHH                   | two digit hex ASCII code of the          |
8540       |                        | character                                |
8541       +------------------------+------------------------------------------+
8542    
8543       Notice: due to the transition of certain parts of the protocol which
8544       now support escape sequences, a slight backward incompatibility to
8545       protocols version v1.1 and younger has been introduced.  The only
8546       difference is that in parts of the protocol where escape characters
8547       are now supported, a backslash characters MUST be escaped as well
8548       (that is as double backslash), whereas in the old versions a single
8549       backslash was sufficient.
8550    
8551       The following LSCP commands support escape sequences as part of their
8552       filename / path based arguments and / or may contain a filename /
8553       path with escape sequences in their response:
8554    
8555          "LOAD INSTRUMENT" (Section 6.4.1)
8556    
8557          "GET CHANNEL INFO" (Section 6.4.10)
8558    
8559          "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT" (Section 6.7.7)
8560    
8561          "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO" (Section 6.7.11)
8562    
8563    
8564    
8565    
8566    
8567    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 153]
8568    
8569    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
8570    
8571    
8572          "ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY" (Section 6.8.1)
8573    
8574          "ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS" (Section 6.8.11)
8575    
8576          "REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY" (Section 6.8.2)
8577    
8578          "REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT" (Section 6.8.12)
8579    
8580          "GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES" (Section 6.8.3)
8581    
8582          "LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES" (Section 6.8.4)
8583    
8584          "GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO" (Section 6.8.5)
8585    
8586          "GET DB_INSTRUMENTS" (Section 6.8.13)
8587    
8588          "LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS" (Section 6.8.14)
8589    
8590          "GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO" (Section 6.8.15)
8591    
8592          "SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME" (Section 6.8.6)
8593    
8594          "SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION" (Section 6.8.9)
8595    
8596          "SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME" (Section 6.8.16)
8597    
8598          "SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION" (Section 6.8.19)
8599    
8600          "FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS" (Section 6.8.20)
8601    
8602          "FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES" (Section 6.8.10)
8603    
8604          "MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT" (Section 6.8.17)
8605    
8606          "MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY" (Section 6.8.7)
8607    
8608          "COPY DB_INSTRUMENT" (Section 6.8.18)
8609    
8610          "COPY DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY" (Section 6.8.8)
8611    
8612          "FIND LOST DB_INSTRUMENT_FILES" (Section 6.8.23)
8613    
8614          "SET DB_INSTRUMENT FILE_PATH" (Section 6.8.24)
8615    
8616          "GET FILE INSTRUMENTS" (Section 6.10.1)
8617    
8618          "LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS" (Section 6.10.2)
8619    
8620    
8621    
8622    
8623    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 154]
8624    
8625    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
8626    
8627    
8628          "GET FILE INSTRUMENT INFO" (Section 6.10.3)
8629    
8630          "GET EFFECT INFO" (Section 6.11.3)
8631    
8632          "GET EFFECT_INSTANCE INFO" (Section 6.11.9)
8633    
8634          "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4)
8635    
8636       Note that the forward slash character ('/') has a special meaning in
8637       filename / path based arguments: it acts as separator of the nodes in
8638       the path, thus if a directory- or filename includes a forward slash
8639       (not intended as path node separator), you MUST escape that slash
8640       either with the respective hex escape sequence ("\x2f") or with the
8641       respective octal escape sequence ("\057").
8642    
8643       Note for Windows: file path arguments in LSCP are expected to use
8644       forward slashes as directory node separator similar to Unix based
8645       operating systems.  In contrast to Unix however a Windows typical
8646       drive character is expected to be prefixed to the path.  That is an
8647       original Windows file path like "D:\Sounds\My.gig" would become in
8648       LSCP: "D:/Sounds/My.gig".
8649    
8650       The following LSCP commands even support escape sequences as part of
8651       at least one of their text-based arguments (i.e. entity name,
8652       description) and / or may contain escape sequences in at least one of
8653       their text-based fields in their response:
8654    
8655          "GET SERVER INFO" (Section 6.6.5)
8656    
8657          "GET ENGINE INFO" (Section 6.4.9)
8658    
8659          "GET CHANNEL INFO" (Section 6.4.10)
8660    
8661          "CREATE FX_SEND" (Section 6.4.25)
8662    
8663          "GET FX_SEND INFO" (Section 6.4.29)
8664    
8665          "SET FX_SEND NAME" (Section 6.4.30)
8666    
8667          "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO" (Section 6.7.11)
8668    
8669          "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO" (Section 6.7.5)
8670    
8671          "ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP" (Section 6.7.1)
8672    
8673          "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT" (Section 6.7.7)
8674    
8675    
8676    
8677    
8678    
8679    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 155]
8680    
8681    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
8682    
8683    
8684          "SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME" (Section 6.7.6)
8685    
8686          "GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO" (Section 6.8.5)
8687    
8688          "SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME" (Section 6.8.6)
8689    
8690          "SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION" (Section 6.8.9)
8691    
8692          "FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES" (Section 6.8.10)
8693    
8694          "GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO" (Section 6.8.15)
8695    
8696          "SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME" (Section 6.8.16)
8697    
8698          "SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION" (Section 6.8.19)
8699    
8700          "FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS" (Section 6.8.20)
8701    
8702          "GET EFFECT INFO" (Section 6.11.3)
8703    
8704          "GET EFFECT_INSTANCE INFO" (Section 6.11.9)
8705    
8706          "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4)
8707    
8708       Please note that these lists are manually maintained.  If you find a
8709       command that also supports escape sequences we forgot to mention
8710       here, please report it!
8711    
8712    
8713    
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 70]  
8714    
8715  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
8716    
8717    
8718    
8719    
8720    
8721    
8722    
8723    
8724    
8725    
8726    
8727    
8728    
8729    
8730    
8731    
8732    
8733    
8734    
8735    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 156]
8736    
8737    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
8738    
8739    
8740  8.  Events  8.  Events
# Line 3926  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 8742  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
8742     This chapter will describe all currently defined events supported by     This chapter will describe all currently defined events supported by
8743     LinuxSampler.     LinuxSampler.
8744    
8745  8.1  Number of sampler channels changed  8.1.  Number of audio output devices changed
8746    
8747       Client may want to be notified when the total number of audio output
8748       devices on the back-end changes by issuing the following command:
8749    
8750          SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
8751    
8752       Server will start sending the following notification messages:
8753    
8754          "NOTIFY:AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT:<devices>"
8755    
8756       where <devices> will be replaced by the new number of audio output
8757       devices.
8758    
8759    8.2.  Audio output device's settings changed
8760    
8761       Client may want to be notified when changes were made to audio output
8762       devices on the back-end by issuing the following command:
8763    
8764          SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO
8765    
8766       Server will start sending the following notification messages:
8767    
8768          "NOTIFY:AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO:<device-id>"
8769    
8770       where <device-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the audio
8771       output device, which settings has been changed.  The front-end will
8772       have to send the respective command to actually get the audio output
8773       device info.  Because these messages will be triggered by LSCP
8774       commands issued by other clients rather than real time events
8775       happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
8776       message is sufficient here.
8777    
8778    8.3.  Number of MIDI input devices changed
8779    
8780       Client may want to be notified when the total number of MIDI input
8781       devices on the back-end changes by issuing the following command:
8782    
8783          SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
8784    
8785       Server will start sending the following notification messages:
8786    
8787    
8788    
8789    
8790    
8791    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 157]
8792    
8793    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
8794    
8795    
8796          "NOTIFY:MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT:<devices>"
8797    
8798       where <devices> will be replaced by the new number of MIDI input
8799       devices.
8800    
8801    8.4.  MIDI input device's settings changed
8802    
8803       Client may want to be notified when changes were made to MIDI input
8804       devices on the back-end by issuing the following command:
8805    
8806          SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO
8807    
8808       Server will start sending the following notification messages:
8809    
8810          "NOTIFY:MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO:<device-id>"
8811    
8812       where <device-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the MIDI
8813       input device, which settings has been changed.  The front-end will
8814       have to send the respective command to actually get the MIDI input
8815       device info.  Because these messages will be triggered by LSCP
8816       commands issued by other clients rather than real time events
8817       happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
8818       message is sufficient here.
8819    
8820    8.5.  Number of sampler channels changed
8821    
8822     Client may want to be notified when the total number of channels on     Client may want to be notified when the total number of channels on
8823     the back-end changes by issuing the following command:     the back-end changes by issuing the following command:
# Line 3940  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 8831  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
8831     where <channels> will be replaced by the new number of sampler     where <channels> will be replaced by the new number of sampler
8832     channels.     channels.
8833    
8834  8.2  Number of active voices changed  8.6.  MIDI data on a sampler channel arrived
8835    
8836       Client may want to be notified when MIDI data arrive on sampler
8837       channels on back-end side, by issuing the following command:
8838    
8839          SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_MIDI
8840    
8841       Server will start sending one of the the following notification
8842       messages:
8843    
8844    
8845    
8846    
8847    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 158]
8848    
8849    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
8850    
8851    
8852          "NOTIFY:CHANNEL_MIDI:<channel-id> NOTE_ON <note> <velocity>"
8853    
8854          "NOTIFY:CHANNEL_MIDI:<channel-id> NOTE_OFF <note> <velocity>"
8855    
8856       where <channel-id> will be replaced by the ID of the sampler channel
8857       where the MIDI data arrived. <note> and <velocity> are integer values
8858       in the range between 0 .. 127, reflecting the analog meaning of the
8859       MIDI specification.
8860    
8861       CAUTION: no guarantee whatsoever will be made that MIDI events are
8862       actually all delivered by this mechanism!  With other words: events
8863       could be lost at any time!  This restriction was made to keep the RT-
8864       safeness of the backend's MIDI and audio thread unaffected by this
8865       feature.
8866    
8867    8.7.  MIDI data on a MIDI input device arrived
8868    
8869       Client may want to be notified when MIDI data arrive on MIDI input
8870       devices by issuing the following command:
8871    
8872          SUBSCRIBE DEVICE_MIDI
8873    
8874       Server will start sending one of the the following notification
8875       messages:
8876    
8877          "NOTIFY:DEVICE_MIDI:<device-id> <port-id> NOTE_ON <note>
8878          <velocity>"
8879    
8880          "NOTIFY:DEVICE_MIDI:<device-id> <port-id> NOTE_OFF <note>
8881          <velocity>"
8882    
8883       where <device-id> <port-id> will be replaced by the IDs of the
8884       respective MIDI input device and the device's MIDI port where the
8885       MIDI data arrived. <note> and <velocity> are integer values in the
8886       range between 0 .. 127, reflecting the analog meaning of the MIDI
8887       specification.
8888    
8889       CAUTION: no guarantee whatsoever will be made that MIDI events are
8890       actually all delivered by this mechanism!  With other words: events
8891       could be lost at any time!  This restriction was made to keep the RT-
8892       safeness of the backend's MIDI and audio thread unaffected by this
8893       feature.
8894    
8895    8.8.  Number of active voices changed
8896    
8897     Client may want to be notified when the number of voices on the back-     Client may want to be notified when the number of voices on the back-
8898     end changes by issuing the following command:     end changes by issuing the following command:
8899    
8900    
8901    
8902    
8903    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 159]
8904    
8905    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
8906    
8907    
8908        SUBSCRIBE VOICE_COUNT        SUBSCRIBE VOICE_COUNT
8909    
8910     Server will start sending the following notification messages:     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
8911    
8912        "NOTIFY:VOICE_COUNT:<sampler-channel> <voices>        "NOTIFY:VOICE_COUNT:<sampler-channel> <voices>"
8913    
8914     where <sampler-channel> will be replaced by the sampler channel the     where <sampler-channel> will be replaced by the sampler channel the
8915     voice count change occurred and <voices> by the new number of active     voice count change occurred and <voices> by the new number of active
8916     voices on that channel.     voices on that channel.
8917    
8918  8.3  Number of active disk streams changed  8.9.  Number of active disk streams changed
8919    
8920     Client may want to be notified when the number of streams on the     Client may want to be notified when the number of streams on the
8921     back-end changes by issuing the following command: SUBSCRIBE     back-end changes by issuing the following command: SUBSCRIBE
# Line 3969  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 8929  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
8929    
8930     where <sampler-channel> will be replaced by the sampler channel the     where <sampler-channel> will be replaced by the sampler channel the
8931     stream count change occurred and <streams> by the new number of     stream count change occurred and <streams> by the new number of
   
   
   
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 71]  
   
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
   
   
8932     active disk streams on that channel.     active disk streams on that channel.
8933    
8934  8.4  Disk stream buffer fill state changed  8.10.  Disk stream buffer fill state changed
8935    
8936     Client may want to be notified when the buffer fill state of a disk     Client may want to be notified when the buffer fill state of a disk
8937     stream on the back-end changes by issuing the following command:     stream on the back-end changes by issuing the following command:
# Line 3996  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 8948  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
8948     Section 6.4.13 as if the "GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE"     Section 6.4.13 as if the "GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE"
8949     (Section 6.4.13) command was issued on this channel.     (Section 6.4.13) command was issued on this channel.
8950    
8951  8.5  Channel information changed  8.11.  Channel information changed
8952    
8953     Client may want to be notified when changes were made to sampler     Client may want to be notified when changes were made to sampler
8954     channels on the back-end by issuing the following command:     channels on the back-end by issuing the following command:
8955    
8956    
8957    
8958    
8959    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 160]
8960    
8961    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
8962    
8963    
8964        SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_INFO        SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_INFO
8965    
8966     Server will start sending the following notification messages:     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
# Line 4014  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 8974  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
8974     rather than real time events happening on the server, it is believed     rather than real time events happening on the server, it is believed
8975     that an empty notification message is sufficient here.     that an empty notification message is sufficient here.
8976    
8977  8.6  Miscellaneous and debugging events  8.12.  Number of effect sends changed
8978    
8979     Client may want to be notified of miscellaneous and debugging events     Client may want to be notified when the number of effect sends on a
8980     occurring at the server by issuing the following command:     particular sampler channel is changed by issuing the following
8981       command:
8982    
8983        SUBSCRIBE MISCELLANEOUS        SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_COUNT
8984    
8985       Server will start sending the following notification messages:
8986    
8987          "NOTIFY:FX_SEND_COUNT:<channel-id> <fx-sends>"
8988    
8989       where <channel-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the
8990       sampler channel, on which the effect sends number is changed and <fx-
8991       sends> will be replaced by the new number of effect sends on that
8992       channel.
8993    
8994    8.13.  Effect send information changed
8995    
8996       Client may want to be notified when changes were made to effect sends
8997       on a a particular sampler channel by issuing the following command:
8998    
8999          SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_INFO
9000    
9001     Server will start sending the following notification messages:     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9002    
9003          "NOTIFY:FX_SEND_INFO:<channel-id> <fx-send-id>"
9004    
9005       where <channel-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the
9006       sampler channel, on which an effect send entity is changed and <fx-
9007       send-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the changed effect
9008       send.
9009    
9010    
9011    
9012    
9013    
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 72]  
9014    
9015  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 161]
9016    
9017    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
9018    
9019    
9020    8.14.  Total number of active voices changed
9021    
9022       Client may want to be notified when the total number of voices on the
9023       back-end changes by issuing the following command:
9024    
9025          SUBSCRIBE TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
9026    
9027       Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9028    
9029          "NOTIFY:TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT:<voices>"
9030    
9031       where <voices> will be replaced by the new number of all currently
9032       active voices.
9033    
9034    8.15.  Total number of active disk streams changed
9035    
9036       Client may want to be notified when the total number of disk streams
9037       on the back-end changes by issuing the following command:
9038    
9039          SUBSCRIBE TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT
9040    
9041       Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9042    
9043          "NOTIFY:TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT:<streams>"
9044    
9045       where <streams> will be replaced by the new number of all currently
9046       active disk streams.
9047    
9048    8.16.  Number of MIDI instrument maps changed
9049    
9050       Client may want to be notified when the number of MIDI instrument
9051       maps on the back-end changes by issuing the following command:
9052    
9053          SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT
9054    
9055       Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9056    
9057          "NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT:<maps>"
9058    
9059       where <maps> will be replaced by the new number of MIDI instrument
9060       maps.
9061    
9062    8.17.  MIDI instrument map information changed
9063    
9064       Client may want to be notified when changes were made to MIDI
9065       instrument maps on the back-end by issuing the following command:
9066    
9067    
9068    
9069    
9070    
9071    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 162]
9072    
9073    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
9074    
9075    
9076          SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO
9077    
9078       Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9079    
9080          "NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO:<map-id>"
9081    
9082       where <map-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the MIDI
9083       instrument map, for which information changes occurred.  The front-
9084       end will have to send the respective command to actually get the MIDI
9085       instrument map info.  Because these messages will be triggered by
9086       LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real time events
9087       happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
9088       message is sufficient here.
9089    
9090    8.18.  Number of MIDI instruments changed
9091    
9092       Client may want to be notified when the number of MIDI instrument
9093       maps on the back-end changes by issuing the following command:
9094    
9095          SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
9096    
9097       Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9098    
9099          "NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT:<map-id> <instruments>"
9100    
9101       where <map-id> is the numerical ID of the MIDI instrument map, in
9102       which the nuber of instruments has changed and <instruments> will be
9103       replaced by the new number of MIDI instruments in the specified map.
9104    
9105    8.19.  MIDI instrument information changed
9106    
9107       Client may want to be notified when changes were made to MIDI
9108       instruments on the back-end by issuing the following command:
9109    
9110          SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO
9111    
9112       Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9113    
9114          "NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO:<map-id> <bank> <program>"
9115    
9116       where <map-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the MIDI
9117       instrument map, in which a MIDI instrument is changed. <bank> and
9118       <program> specifies the location of the changed MIDI instrument in
9119       the map.  The front-end will have to send the respective command to
9120       actually get the MIDI instrument info.  Because these messages will
9121       be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than
9122       real time events happening on the server, it is believed that an
9123       empty notification message is sufficient here.
9124    
9125    
9126    
9127    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 163]
9128    
9129    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
9130    
9131    
9132    8.20.  Global settings changed
9133    
9134       Client may want to be notified when changes to the global settings of
9135       the sampler were made by issuing the following command:
9136    
9137          SUBSCRIBE GLOBAL_INFO
9138    
9139       Server will start sending the following types of notification
9140       messages:
9141    
9142          "NOTIFY:GLOBAL_INFO:VOLUME <volume>" - Notifies that the golbal
9143          volume of the sampler is changed, where <volume> will be replaced
9144          by the optional dotted floating point value, reflecting the new
9145          global volume parameter.
9146    
9147          "NOTIFY:GLOBAL_INFO:VOICES <max-voices>" - Notifies that the
9148          golbal limit of the sampler for maximum voices is changed, where
9149          <max-voices> will be an integer value, reflecting the new global
9150          voice limit parameter.
9151    
9152          "NOTIFY:GLOBAL_INFO:STREAMS <max-streams>" - Notifies that the
9153          golbal limit of the sampler for maximum disk streams is changed,
9154          where <max-streams> will be an integer value, reflecting the new
9155          global disk streams limit parameter.
9156    
9157    8.21.  Number of database instrument directories changed
9158    
9159       Client may want to be notified when the number of instrument
9160       directories in a particular directory in the instruments database is
9161       changed by issuing the following command:
9162    
9163          SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT
9164    
9165       Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9166    
9167          "NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT:<dir-path>"
9168    
9169       where <dir-path> will be replaced by the absolute path name of the
9170       directory in the instruments database, in which the number of
9171       directories is changed.
9172    
9173       Note that when a non-empty directory is removed, this event is not
9174       sent for the subdirectories in that directory.
9175    
9176    8.22.  Database instrument directory information changed
9177    
9178       Client may want to be notified when changes were made to directories
9179       in the instruments database by issuing the following command:
9180    
9181    
9182    
9183    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 164]
9184    
9185    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
9186    
9187    
9188          SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO
9189    
9190       Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9191    
9192          "NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO:<dir-path>"
9193    
9194       where <dir-path> will be replaced by the absolute path name of the
9195       directory, for which information changes occurred.  The front-end
9196       will have to send the respective command to actually get the updated
9197       directory info.  Because these messages will be triggered by LSCP
9198       commands issued by other clients rather than real time events
9199       happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
9200       message is sufficient here.
9201    
9202          "NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO:NAME <old-dir-path> <new-
9203          name>"
9204    
9205       where <old-dir-path> is the old absolute path name of the directory
9206       (encapsulated into apostrophes), which name is changes and <new-name>
9207       is the new name of the directory, encapsulated into apostrophes.
9208    
9209    8.23.  Number of database instruments changed
9210    
9211       Client may want to be notified when the number of instruments in a
9212       particular directory in the instruments database is changed by
9213       issuing the following command:
9214    
9215          SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
9216    
9217       Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9218    
9219          "NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT:<dir-path>"
9220    
9221       where <dir-path> will be replaced by the absolute path name of the
9222       directory in the instruments database, in which the number of
9223       instruments is changed.
9224    
9225       Note that when a non-empty directory is removed, this event is not
9226       sent for the instruments in that directory.
9227    
9228    8.24.  Database instrument information changed
9229    
9230       Client may want to be notified when changes were made to instruments
9231       in the instruments database by issuing the following command:
9232    
9233          SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO
9234    
9235       Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9236    
9237    
9238    
9239    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 165]
9240    
9241    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
9242    
9243    
9244          "NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO:<instr-path>"
9245    
9246       where <instr-path> will be replaced by the absolute path name of the
9247       instrument, which settings are changed.  The front-end will have to
9248       send the respective command to actually get the updated directory
9249       info.  Because these messages will be triggered by LSCP commands
9250       issued by other clients rather than real time events happening on the
9251       server, it is believed that an empty notification message is
9252       sufficient here.
9253    
9254          "NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO:NAME <old-instr-path> <new-name>"
9255    
9256       where <old-instr-path> is the old absolute path name of the
9257       instrument (encapsulated into apostrophes), which name is changes and
9258       <new-name> is the new name of the instrument, encapsulated into
9259       apostrophes.
9260    
9261    8.25.  Database job status information changed
9262    
9263       Client may want to be notified when the status of particular database
9264       instruments job is changed by issuing the following command:
9265    
9266          SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO
9267    
9268       Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9269    
9270          "NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO:<job-id>"
9271    
9272       where <job-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the job, which
9273       status is changed.  The front-end will have to send the respective
9274       command to actually get the status info.  Because these messages will
9275       be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than
9276       real time events happening on the server, it is believed that an
9277       empty notification message is sufficient here.
9278    
9279    8.26.  Miscellaneous and debugging events
9280    
9281       Client may want to be notified of miscellaneous and debugging events
9282       occurring at the server by issuing the following command:
9283    
9284          SUBSCRIBE MISCELLANEOUS
9285    
9286       Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9287    
9288        "NOTIFY:MISCELLANEOUS:<string>"        "NOTIFY:MISCELLANEOUS:<string>"
9289    
9290     where <string> will be replaced by whatever data server wants to send     where <string> will be replaced by whatever data server wants to send
9291     to the client.  Client MAY display this data to the user AS IS to     to the client.  Client MAY display this data to the user AS IS to
9292    
9293    
9294    
9295    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 166]
9296    
9297    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
9298    
9299    
9300     facilitate debugging.     facilitate debugging.
9301    
9302    
# Line 4084  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 9344  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
9344    
9345    
9346    
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 73]  
9347    
9348  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
9349    
9350    
9351    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 167]
9352    
9353    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
9354    
9355    
9356  9.  Security Considerations  9.  Security Considerations
# Line 4140  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 9404  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
9404    
9405    
9406    
9407  Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 74]  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 168]
9408    
9409  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
9410    
9411    
9412  10.  Acknowledgments  10.  Acknowledgments
# Line 4160  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 9424  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
9424        Grigor Iliev        Grigor Iliev
9425    
9426    
9427    
9428    
9429    
9430    
9431    
9432    
9433    
9434    
9435    
9436    
9437    
9438    
9439    
9440    
9441    
9442    
9443    
9444    
9445    
9446    
9447    
9448    
9449    
9450    
9451    
9452    
9453    
9454    
9455    
9456    
9457    
9458    
9459    
9460    
9461    
9462    
9463    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 169]
9464    
9465    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
9466    
9467    
9468  11.  References  11.  References
9469    
9470       [RFC20]    UCLA, "ASCII format for Network Interchange", RFC 20,
9471                  1969.
9472    
9473     [RFC2119]  Bradner, S., "Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate     [RFC2119]  Bradner, S., "Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate
9474                Requirement Levels", RFC 2119, 1997.                Requirement Levels", RFC 2119, 1997.
9475    
# Line 4172  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr Line 9480  Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Contr
9480                CONTROL PROTOCOL", RFC 793, 1981.                CONTROL PROTOCOL", RFC 793, 1981.
9481    
9482    
 Author's Address  
9483    
    C. Schoenebeck  
    Interessengemeinschaft Software Engineering e. V.  
    Max-Planck-Str. 39  
    74081 Heilbronn  
    Germany  
9484    
    Email: schoenebeck at software minus engineering dot org  
9485    
9486    
9487    
# Line 4196  Author's Address Line 9497  Author's Address
9497    
9498    
9499    
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 75]  
9500    
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
9501    
9502    
 Intellectual Property Statement  
9503    
    The IETF takes no position regarding the validity or scope of any  
    intellectual property or other rights that might be claimed to  
    pertain to the implementation or use of the technology described in  
    this document or the extent to which any license under such rights  
    might or might not be available; neither does it represent that it  
    has made any effort to identify any such rights.  Information on the  
    IETF's procedures with respect to rights in standards-track and  
    standards-related documentation can be found in BCP 11.  Copies of  
    claims of rights made available for publication and any assurances of  
    licenses to be made available, or the result of an attempt made to  
    obtain a general license or permission for the use of such  
    proprietary rights by implementors or users of this specification can  
    be obtained from the IETF Secretariat.  
9504    
    The IETF invites any interested party to bring to its attention any  
    copyrights, patents or patent applications, or other proprietary  
    rights which may cover technology that may be required to practice  
    this standard.  Please address the information to the IETF Executive  
    Director.  
9505    
9506    
 Full Copyright Statement  
9507    
    Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2005).  All Rights Reserved.  
9508    
    This document and translations of it may be copied and furnished to  
    others, and derivative works that comment on or otherwise explain it  
    or assist in its implementation may be prepared, copied, published  
    and distributed, in whole or in part, without restriction of any  
    kind, provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are  
    included on all such copies and derivative works.  However, this  
    document itself may not be modified in any way, such as by removing  
    the copyright notice or references to the Internet Society or other  
    Internet organizations, except as needed for the purpose of  
    developing Internet standards in which case the procedures for  
    copyrights defined in the Internet Standards process must be  
    followed, or as required to translate it into languages other than  
    English.  
9509    
    The limited permissions granted above are perpetual and will not be  
    revoked by the Internet Society or its successors or assignees.  
9510    
    This document and the information contained herein is provided on an  
    "AS IS" basis and THE INTERNET SOCIETY AND THE INTERNET ENGINEERING  
    TASK FORCE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING  
    BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF THE INFORMATION  
9511    
9512    
9513    
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 76]  
9514    
 Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol             May 2005  
9515    
9516    
    HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF  
    MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
9517    
9518    
9519  Acknowledgment  Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 170]
9520    
9521    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
9522    
    Funding for the RFC Editor function is currently provided by the  
    Internet Society.  
9523    
9524    Author's Address
9525    
9526       C. Schoenebeck
9527       Interessengemeinschaft Software Engineering e. V.
9528       Max-Planck-Str. 39
9529       74081 Heilbronn
9530       Germany
9531    
9532       Email: schoenebeck at software minus engineering dot org
9533    
9534    
9535    
# Line 4308  Acknowledgment Line 9571  Acknowledgment
9571    
9572    
9573    
 Schoenebeck             Expires November 2, 2005               [Page 77]  
9574    
9575    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 171]
9576    
9577    Internet-Draft        LinuxSampler Control Protocol         October 2010
9578    
9579    
9580    Full Copyright Statement
9581    
9582       Copyright (C) The IETF Trust (2010).
9583    
9584       This document is subject to the rights, licenses and restrictions
9585       contained in BCP 78, and except as set forth therein, the authors
9586       retain all their rights.
9587    
9588       This document and the information contained herein are provided on an
9589       "AS IS" basis and THE CONTRIBUTOR, THE ORGANIZATION HE/SHE REPRESENTS
9590       OR IS SPONSORED BY (IF ANY), THE INTERNET SOCIETY, THE IETF TRUST AND
9591       THE INTERNET ENGINEERING TASK FORCE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS
9592       OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF
9593       THE INFORMATION HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED
9594       WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
9595    
9596    
9597    Intellectual Property
9598    
9599       The IETF takes no position regarding the validity or scope of any
9600       Intellectual Property Rights or other rights that might be claimed to
9601       pertain to the implementation or use of the technology described in
9602       this document or the extent to which any license under such rights
9603       might or might not be available; nor does it represent that it has
9604       made any independent effort to identify any such rights.  Information
9605       on the procedures with respect to rights in RFC documents can be
9606       found in BCP 78 and BCP 79.
9607    
9608       Copies of IPR disclosures made to the IETF Secretariat and any
9609       assurances of licenses to be made available, or the result of an
9610       attempt made to obtain a general license or permission for the use of
9611       such proprietary rights by implementers or users of this
9612       specification can be obtained from the IETF on-line IPR repository at
9613       http://www.ietf.org/ipr.
9614    
9615       The IETF invites any interested party to bring to its attention any
9616       copyrights, patents or patent applications, or other proprietary
9617       rights that may cover technology that may be required to implement
9618       this standard.  Please address the information to the IETF at
9619       ietf-ipr@ietf.org.
9620    
9621    
9622    
9623    
9624    
9625    
9626    
9627    
9628    
9629    
9630    
9631    Schoenebeck               Expires April 8, 2011               [Page 172]
9632    
Legend:
Removed from v.708  
changed lines
  Added in v.2143
  ViewVC Help
Powered by ViewVC